Document:

ISDA Master Agreement dated as of February 4, 2010

 Exhibit 10.1 

(Multicurrency-Cross Border) 

ISDA® 

International Swap Dealers Association, Inc. 

MASTER AGREEMENT 

dated as of February 4, 2010 
  

					
	 BARCLAYS BANK PLC
	  	and	  	 NATIONAL CINEMEDIA, LLC

	(“Party A”)	  		  	(“Party B”)

 have entered and/or anticipate
entering into one or more transactions (each a “Transaction”) that are or will be governed by this Master Agreement, which includes the schedule (the “Schedule”), and the documents and other confirming evidence (each a
“Confirmation”) exchanged between the parties confirming those Transactions. 
 Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:—

 1. Interpretation 
 (a)
Definitions. The terms defined in Section 14 and in the Schedule will have the meanings therein specified for the purpose of this Master Agreement. 

(b) Inconsistency. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Schedule and the other provisions of this Master
Agreement, the Schedule will prevail. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of any Confirmation and this Master Agreement (including the Schedule), such Confirmation will prevail for the purpose of the relevant Transaction.

 (c) Single Agreement. All Transactions are entered into in reliance on the fact that this Master Agreement and all
Confirmations form a single agreement between the parties (collectively referred to as this “Agreement”), and the parties would not otherwise enter into any Transactions. 

2. Obligations 
 (a) General
Conditions. 
  

	 	(i)	Each party will make each payment or delivery specified in each Confirmation to be made by it, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement.

  

	 	(ii)	 Payments under this Agreement will be made on the due date for value on that date in the place of the account specified in the relevant Confirmation or
otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, in freely transferable funds and in the 

  

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

	 	
manner customary for payments in the required currency. Where settlement is by delivery (that is, other than by payment), such delivery will be made for receipt on the due date in the manner
customary for the relevant obligation unless otherwise specified in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement. 

  

	 	(iii)	Each obligation of each party under Section 2(a)(i) is subject to (1) the condition precedent that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with
respect to the other party has occurred and is continuing, (2) the condition precedent that no Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction has occurred or been effectively designated and (3) each other applicable
condition precedent specified in this Agreement. 

 (b) Change of Account. Either party may change its account for
receiving a payment or delivery by giving notice to the other party at least five Local Business Days prior to the scheduled date for the payment or delivery to which such change applies unless such other party gives timely notice of a reasonable
objection to such change. 
 (c) Netting. If on any date amounts would otherwise be payable:— 

 

	 	(i)	in the same currency; and 

  

	 	(ii)	in respect of the same Transaction, 

 by each
party to the other, then, on such date, each party’s obligation to make payment of any such amount will be automatically satisfied and discharged and, if the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by one party exceeds the
aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by the other party, replaced by an obligation upon the party by whom the larger aggregate amount would have been payable to pay to the other party the excess of the larger aggregate amount over
the smaller aggregate amount. 
 The parties may elect in respect of two or more Transactions that a net amount will be determined in respect of
all amounts payable on the same date in the same currency in respect of such Transactions, regardless of whether such amounts are payable in respect of the same Transaction. The election may be made in the Schedule or a Confirmation by specifying
that subparagraph (ii) above will not apply to the Transactions identified as being subject to the election, together with the starting date (in which case subparagraph (ii) above will not, or will cease to, apply to such Transactions from
such date). This election may be made separately for different groups of Transactions and will apply separately to each pairing of Offices through which the parties make and receive payments or deliveries. 

 

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 (d) Deduction or Withholding for Tax. 

(i) Gross-Up. All payments under this Agreement will be made without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any
Tax unless such deduction or withholding is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, then in effect. If a party is so required to deduct or withhold, then that party (“X”)
will:— 
 (1) promptly notify the other party (“Y”) of such requirement; 

(2) pay to the relevant authorities the full amount required to be deducted or withheld (including the full amount required to be deducted
or withheld from any additional amount paid by X to Y under this Section 2(d)) promptly upon the earlier of determining that such deduction or withholding is required or receiving notice that such amount has been assessed against Y; 

(3) promptly forward to Y an official receipt (or a certified copy), or other documentation reasonably acceptable to Y, evidencing such
payment to such authorities; and 
 (4) if such Tax is an Indemnifiable Tax, pay to Y, in addition to the payment to which Y is
otherwise entitled under this Agreement, such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Y (free and clear of Indemnifiable Taxes, whether assessed against X or Y) will equal the full amount Y would have
received had no such deduction of withholding been required. However, X will not be required to pay any additional amount to Y to the extent that it would not be required to be paid but for:— 

(A) the failure by Y to comply with or perform any agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d); or 

(B) the failure of a representation made by Y pursuant to Section 3(f) to be accurate and true unless such failure would not have
occurred but for (I) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, on or after the date on which a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a
party to this Agreement) or (II) a Change in Tax Law. 
 (ii) Liability. If:— 

(1) X is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, to make any deduction
or withholding in respect of which X would not be required to pay an additional amount to Y under Section 2(d)(i)(4); 
 (2)
X does not so deduct or withhold; and 
 (3) a liability resulting from such Tax is assessed directly against X, 

 

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 then, except to the extent Y has satisfied or then satisfies the liability resulting from
such Tax, Y will promptly pay to X the amount of such liability (including any related liability for interest, but including any related liability for penalties only if Y has failed to comply with or perform any agreement contained in
Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d)). 
 (e) Default Interest; Other Amounts. Prior to the occurrence or effective designation
of an Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction, a party that defaults in the performance of any payment obligation will, to the extent permitted by law and subject to Section 6(c), be required to pay interest (before as
well as after judgment) on the overdue amount to the other party on demand in the same currency as such overdue amount, for the period from (and including) the original due date for payment to (but excluding) the date of actual payment, at the
Default Rate. Such interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed. If, prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction, a party
defaults in the performance of any obligation required to be settled by delivery, it will compensate the other party on demand if and to the extent provided for in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement. 

3. Representations 
 Each party
represents to the other party (which representations will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into and, in the case of the representations in Section 3(f), at all times until the termination of
this Agreement) that:— 
 (a) Basic Representations. 

(i) Status. It is duly organised and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organisation or
incorporation and, if relevant under such laws, in good standing; 
 (ii) Powers. It has the power to execute this
Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement to which it is a party, to deliver this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement that it is required by this Agreement to deliver and to perform its obligations
under this Agreement and any obligations it has under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and has taken all necessary action to authorise such execution, delivery and performance; 

(iii) No Violation or Conflict. Such execution, delivery and performance do not violate or conflict with any law applicable
to it, any provision of its constitutional documents, any order or judgment of any court or other agency of government applicable to it or any of its assets or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or any of its assets; 

(iv) Consents. All governmental and other consents that are required to have been obtained by it with respect to this
Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party have been obtained and are in full force and effect and all conditions of any such consents have been complied with; and 

(v) Obligations Binding. Its obligations under this Agreement and any Credit Support Document to which it is a party
constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, 

 

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 
reorganisation, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application (regardless of
whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law)). 
 (b) Absence of Certain Events. No Event of Default or
Potential Event of Default or, to its knowledge, Termination Event with respect to it has occurred and is continuing and no such event or circumstance would occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under this Agreement or
any Credit Support Document to which it is a party. 
 (c) Absence of Litigation. There is not pending or, to its knowledge,
threatened against it or any of its Affiliates any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or before any court, tribunal, governmental body, agency or official or any arbitrator that is likely to affect the legality, validity or
enforceability against it of this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or such Credit Support Document. 

(d) Accuracy of Specified Information. All applicable information that is furnished in writing by or on behalf of it to the other party and
is identified for the purpose of this Section 3(d) in the Schedule is, as of the date of the information, true, accurate and complete in every material respect. 

(e) Payer Tax Representation. Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it for the purpose of this
Section 3(e) is accurate and true. 
 (f) Payee Tax Representations. Each representation specified in the Schedule as
being made by it for the purpose of this Section 3(f) is accurate and true. 
 4. Agreements 

Each party agrees with the other that, so long as either party has or may have any obligation under this Agreement or under any Credit Support Document to
which it is a party:— 
 (a) Furnish Specified Information. It will deliver to the other party or, in certain cases
under subparagraph (iii) below, to such government or taxing authority as the other party reasonably directs:— 
 (i)
any forms, documents or certificates relating to taxation specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation; 
 (ii) any other
documents specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation; and 
  

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 (iii) upon reasonable demand by such other party, any form or document that may be required
or reasonably requested in writing in order to allow such other party or its Credit Support Provider to make a payment under this Agreement or any applicable Credit Support Document without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax
or with such deduction or withholding at a reduced rate (so long as the completion, execution or submission of such form or document would not materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of the party in receipt of such demand), with any
such form or document to be accurate and completed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to such other party and to be executed and to be delivered with any reasonably required certification, 

in each case by the date specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation or, if none is specified, as soon as reasonably practicable. 

(b) Maintain Authorisations. It will use all reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect all consents of any
governmental or other authority that are required to be obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and will use all reasonable efforts to obtain any that may become necessary in the future.

 (c) Comply with Laws. It will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and orders to which it may be
subject if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party. 

(d) Tax Agreement. It will give notice of any failure of a representation made by it under Section 3(f) to be accurate and true
promptly upon learning of such failure. 
 (e) Payment of Stamp Tax. Subject to Section 11, it will pay any Stamp Tax
levied or imposed upon it or in respect of its execution or performance of this Agreement by a jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, organised, managed and controlled, or considered to have its seat, or in which a branch or office through which
it is acting for the purpose of this Agreement is located (“Stamp Tax Jurisdiction”) and will indemnify the other party against any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon the other party or in respect of the other party’s execution or
performance of this Agreement by any such Stamp Tax Jurisdiction which is not also a Stamp Tax Jurisdiction with respect to the other party. 

5. Events of Default and Termination Events 

(a) Events of Default. The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such
party or any Specified Entity of such party of any of the following events constitutes an event of default (an “Event of Default”) with respect to such party:— 

(i) Failure to Pay or Deliver. Failure by the party to make, when due, any payment under this Agreement or delivery under
Section 2(a)(i) or 2(e) required to be made by it if such failure is not remedied on or before the third Local Business Day after notice of such failure is given to the party; 

 

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 (ii) Breach of Agreement. Failure by the party to comply with or
perform any agreement or obligation (other than an obligation to make any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(e) or to give notice of a Termination Event or any agreement or obligation under Section 4(a)(i),
4(a)(iii) or 4(d)) to be complied with or performed by the party in accordance with this Agreement if such failure is not remedied on or before the thirtieth day after notice of such failure is given to the party; 

(iii) Credit Support Default. 

(1) Failure by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation to be complied
with or performed by it in accordance with any Credit Support Document if such failure is continuing after any applicable grace period has elapsed; 

(2) the expiration or termination of such Credit Support Document or the failing or ceasing of such Credit Support Document to be in full
force and effect for the purpose of this Agreement (in either case other than in accordance with its terms) prior to the satisfaction of all obligations of such party under each Transaction to which such Credit Support Document relates without the
written consent of the other party; or 
 (3) the party or such Credit Support Provider disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or
rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, such Credit Support Document; 
 (iv)
Misrepresentation. A representation (other than a representation under Section 3(e) or (f)) made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party in this
Agreement or any Credit Support Document proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated; 

(v) Default under Specified Transaction. The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified
Entity of such party (1) defaults under a Specified Transaction and, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, there occurs a liquidation of, an acceleration of obligations under, or an early termination of, that
Specified Transaction, (2) defaults, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, in making any payment or delivery due on the last payment, delivery or exchange date of, or any payment on early termination of, a
Specified Transaction (or such default continues for at least three Local Business Days if there is no applicable notice requirement or grace period) or (3) disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, a Specified
Transaction (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf); 
 (vi)
Cross Default. If “Cross Default” is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, the occurrence or existence of (1) a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however described) in respect
of such party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party under one or more 
  

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 
agreements or instruments relating to Specified Indebtedness of any of them (individually or collectively) in an aggregate amount of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount (as specified in
the Schedule) which has resulted in such Specified Indebtedness becoming, or becoming capable at such time of being declared, due and payable under such agreements or instruments, before it would otherwise have been due and payable or (2) a
default by such party, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity (individually or collectively) in making one or more payments on the due date thereof in an aggregate amount of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount under such
agreements or instruments (after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period); 
 (vii) Bankruptcy.
The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party:— 
 (1) is
dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (2) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; (3) makes a general
assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (4) institutes or has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law
or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition (A) results
in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation or (B) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution
or presentation thereof, (5) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (6) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an
administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; (7) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has
a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed
or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter; (8) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in clauses (1) to
(7) (inclusive); or (9) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts; or 

(viii) Merger Without Assumption. The party or any Credit Support Provider of such party consolidates or amalgamates
with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and, at the time of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer:— 

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee entity fails to assume all the obligations of such party or such Credit Support Provider under
this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it or its predecessor was a party by operation of law or pursuant to an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the other party to this Agreement; or 

 

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 (2) the benefits of any Credit Support Document fail to extend (without the consent of the
other party) to the performance by such resulting, surviving or transferee entity of its obligations under this Agreement. 
 (b)
Termination Events. The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any event specified below constitutes an Illegality if
the event is specified in (i) below, a Tax Event if the event is specified in (ii) below or a Tax Event Upon Merger if the event is specified in (iii) below, and, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger if the event
is specified pursuant to (iv) below or an Additional Termination Event if the event is specified pursuant to (v) below:— 

(i) Illegality. Due to the adoption of, or any change in, any applicable law after the date on which a Transaction is
entered into, or due to the promulgation of, or any change in, the interpretation by any court, tribunal or regulatory authority with competent jurisdiction of any applicable law after such date, it becomes unlawful (other than as a result of a
breach by the party of Section 4(b)) for such party (which will be the Affected Party):— 
 (1) to perform any absolute
or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery or to receive a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction or to comply with any other material provision of this Agreement relating to such Transaction; or 

(2) to perform, or for any Credit Support Provider of such party to perform, any contingent or other obligation which the party (or such
Credit Support Provider) has under any Credit Support Document relating to such Transaction, 
 (ii) Tax Event. Due
to (x) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, on or after the date on which a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this
Agreement) or (y) a Change in Tax Law, the party (which will be the Affected Party) will, or there is a substantial likelihood that it will, on the next succeeding Scheduled Payment Date (1) be required to pay to the other party an
additional amount in respect of an Indemnifiable Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (except in respect of interest under Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e)) or (2) receive a payment from which an amount is required to be deducted or withheld
for or on account of a Tax (except in respect of interest under Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e)) and no additional amount is required to be paid in respect of such Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (other than by reason of
Section 2(d)(i)(4)(A) or (B)); 
 (iii) Tax Event Upon Merger. The party (the “Burdened Party”) on
the next succeeding Scheduled Payment Date will either (1) be required to pay an additional amount in respect of an Indemnifiable Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (except in respect of interest under Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e)) or
(2) receive a payment from which an amount has been deducted or withheld for or on account of any Indemnifiable Tax in respect of which the other party is not required to pay an additional amount (other than by

  

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 
reason of Section 2(d)(i)(4)(A) or (B)), in either case as a result of a party consolidating or amalgamating with, or merging with or into, or transferring all or substantially all its
assets to, another entity (which will be the Affected Party) where such action does not constitute an event described in Section 5(a)(viii); 

(iv) Credit Event Upon Merger. If “Credit Event Upon Merger” is specified in the Schedule as applying to the
party, such party (“X”), any Credit Support Provider of X or any applicable Specified Entity of X consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and such action
does not constitute an event described in Section 5(a)(viii) but the creditworthiness of the resulting, surviving or transferee entity is materially weaker than that of X, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity, as the case may
be, immediately prior to such action (and, in such event, X or its successor or transferee, as appropriate, will be the Affected Party); or 

(v) Additional Termination Event. If any “Additional Termination Event” is specified in the Schedule or any
Confirmation as applying, the occurrence of such event (and, in such event, the Affected Party or Affected Parties shall be as specified for such Additional Termination Event in the Schedule or such Confirmation). 

(c) Event of Default and Illegality. If an event or circumstance which would otherwise constitute or give rise to an Event of Default also
constitutes an Illegality, it will be treated as an Illegality and will not constitute an Event of Default. 
 6. Early Termination

 (a) Right to Terminate Following Event of Default. If at any time an Event of Default with respect to a party (the
“Defaulting Party”) has occurred and is then continuing, the other party (the “Non-defaulting Party”) may, by not more than 20 days notice to the Defaulting Party specifying the relevant Event of Default, designate a day not
earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions. If, however, “Automatic Early Termination” is specified in the Schedule as applying to a party, then an Early
Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions will occur immediately upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a)(vii)(1), (3), (5), (6) or, to the extent analogous thereto,
(8), and as of the time immediately preceding the institution of the relevant proceeding or the presentation of the relevant petition upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a)(vii)(4) or, to
the extent analogous thereto, (8). 
 (b) Right to Terminate Following Termination Event. 

(i) Notice. If a Termination Event occurs, an Affected Party will, promptly upon becoming aware of it, notify the other
party, specifying the nature of that Termination Event and each Affected Transaction and will also give such other information about that Termination Event as the other party may reasonably require. 

 

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 (ii) Transfer to Avoid Termination Event. If either an Illegality under
Section 5(b)(i)(1) or a Tax Event occurs and there is only one Affected Party, or if a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is the Affected Party, the Affected Party will, as a condition to its right to designate an Early
Termination Date under Section 6(b)(iv), use all reasonable efforts (which will not require such party to incur a loss, excluding immaterial, incidental expenses) to transfer within 20 days after it gives notice under Section 6(b)(i) all
its rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of the Affected Transactions to another of its Offices or Affiliates so that such Termination Event ceases to exist. 

If the Affected Party is not able to make such a transfer it will give notice to the other party to that effect within such 20 day period,
whereupon the other party may effect such a transfer within 30 days after the notice is given under Section 6(b)(i). 
 Any
such transfer by a party under this Section 6(b)(ii) will be subject to and conditional upon the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be withheld if such other party’s policies in effect at such time would
permit it to enter into transactions with the transferee on the terms proposed. 
 (iii) Two Affected Parties. If
an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(1) or a Tax Event occurs and there are two Affected Parties, each party will use all reasonable efforts to reach agreement within 30 days after notice thereof is given under Section 6(b)(i) on action to
avoid that Termination Event. 
 (iv) Right to Terminate. If:— 

(1) a transfer under Section 6(b)(ii) or an agreement under Section 6(b)(iii), as the case may be, has not been effected with
respect to all Affected Transactions within 30 days after an Affected Party gives notice under Section 6(b)(i); or 
 (2) an
Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(2), a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event occurs, or a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is not the Affected Party, 

either party in the case of an Illegality, the Burdened Party in the case of a Tax Event Upon Merger, any Affected Party in the case of a
Tax Event or an Additional Termination Event if there is more than one Affected Party, or the party which is not the Affected Party in the case of a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event if there is only one Affected Party may,
by not more than 20 days notice to the other party and provided that the relevant Termination Event is then continuing, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all Affected
Transactions. 
 (c) Effect of Designation. 

(i) If notice designating an Early Termination Date is given under Section 6(a) or (b), the Early Termination Date will occur on the
date so designated, whether or not the relevant Event of Default or Termination Event is then continuing. 
  

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 (ii) Upon the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date, no further
payments or deliveries under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(e) in respect of the Terminated Transactions will be required to be made, but without prejudice to the other provisions of this Agreement. The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early
Termination Date shall be determined pursuant to Section 6(e). 
 (d) Calculations. 

(i) Statement. On or as soon as reasonably practicable following the occurrence of an Early Termination Date, each
party will make the calculations on its part, if any, contemplated by Section 6(e) and will provide to the other party a statement (1) showing, in reasonable detail, such calculations (including all relevant quotations and specifying any
amount payable under Section 6(e)) and (2) giving details of the relevant account to which any amount payable to it is to be paid. In the absence of written confirmation from the source of a quotation obtained in determining a Market
Quotation, the records of the party obtaining such quotation will be conclusive evidence of the existence and accuracy of such quotation. 

(ii) Payment Date. An amount calculated as being due in respect of any Early Termination Date under Section 6(e)
will be payable on the day that notice of the amount payable is effective (in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated or occurs as a result of an Event of Default) and on the day which is two Local Business Days after the day on
which notice of the amount payable is effective (in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated as a result of a Termination Event). Such amount will be paid together with (to the extent permitted under applicable law) interest thereon
(before as well as after judgment) in the Termination Currency, from (and including) the relevant Early Termination Date to (but excluding) the date such amount is paid, at the Applicable Rate. Such interest will be calculated on the basis of daily
compounding and the actual number of days elapsed. 
 (e) Payments on Early Termination. If an Early Termination Date occurs, the
following provisions shall apply based on the parties’ election in the Schedule of a payment measure, either “Market Quotation” or “Loss”, and a payment method, either the “First Method” or the “Second
Method”. If the parties fail to designate a payment measure or payment method in the Schedule, it will be deemed that “Market Quotation” or the “Second Method”, as the case may be, shall apply. The amount, if any, payable in
respect of an Early Termination Date and determined pursuant to this Section will be subject to any Set-off. 
 (i) Events
of Default. If the Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default:— 
 (1) First Method and
Market Quotation. If the First Method and Market Quotation apply, the Defaulting Party will pay to the Non-defaulting Party the excess, if a positive number, of (A) the sum of the Settlement Amount (determined by the Non-defaulting Party)
in respect of the Terminated Transactions and the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party over (B) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting Party.

  

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 (2) First Method and Loss. If the First Method and Loss apply, the Defaulting Party
will pay to the Non-defaulting Party, if a positive number, the Non-defaulting Party’s Loss in respect of this Agreement. 

(3) Second Method and Market Quotation. If the Second Method and Market Quotation apply, an amount will be payable equal to
(A) the sum of the Settlement Amount (determined by the Non-defaulting Party) in respect of the Terminated Transactions and the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party less (B) the
Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting Party. If that amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting Party will pay the
absolute value of that amount to the Defaulting Party. 
 (4) Second Method and Loss. If the Second Method and Loss apply,
an amount will be payable equal to the Non-defaulting Party’s Loss in respect of this Agreement. If that amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting
Party will pay the absolute value of that amount to the Defaulting Party. 
 (ii) Termination Events. If the Early
Termination Date results from a Termination Event:— 
  

	 	(1)	One Affected Party. If there is one Affected Party, the amount payable will be determined in accordance with Section 6(e)(i)(3), if Market Quotation
applies, or Section 6(e)(i)(4), if Loss applies, except that, in either case, references to the Defaulting Party and to the Non-defaulting Party will be deemed to be references to the Affected Party and the party which is not the Affected
Party, respectively, and, if Loss applies and fewer than all the Transactions are being terminated, Loss shall be calculated in respect of all Terminated Transactions. 

 

	 	(2)	Two Affected Parties. If there are two Affected Parties:— 

(A) if Market Quotation applies, each party will determine a Settlement Amount in respect of the Terminated Transactions, and an amount
will be payable equal to (1) the sum of (a) one-half of the difference between the Settlement Amount of the party with the higher Settlement Amount (“X”) and the Settlement Amount of the party with the lower Settlement Amount
(“Y”) and (b) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to X less (II) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Y; and 

(B) if Loss applies, each party will determine its Loss in respect of this Agreement (or, if fewer than all the Transactions are being
terminated, in respect of all Terminated Transactions) and an amount will be payable equal to one-half of the difference between the Loss of the party with the higher Loss (“X”) and the Loss of the party with the lower Loss
(“Y”). 
  

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 If the amount payable is a positive number, Y will pay it to X; if it is a negative number,
X will pay the absolute value of that amount to Y. 
 (iii) Adjustment for Bankruptcy. In circumstances
where an Early Termination Date occurs because “Automatic Early Termination” applies in respect of a party, the amount determined under this Section 6(e) will be subject to such adjustments as are appropriate and permitted by law to
reflect any payments or deliveries made by one party to the other under this Agreement (and retained by such other party) during the period from the relevant Early Termination Date to the date for payment determined under Section 6(d)(ii).

 (iv) Pre-Estimate. The parties agree that if Market Quotation applies an amount recoverable under this
Section 6(e) is a reasonable pre-estimate of loss and not a penalty. Such amount is payable for the loss of bargain and the loss of protection against future risks and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement neither party will be
entitled to recover any additional damages as a consequence of such losses. 
 7. Transfer 

Subject to Section 6(b)(ii), neither this Agreement nor any interest or obligation in or under this Agreement may be transferred (whether by way of
security or otherwise) by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that:— 
 (a) a party may make such a
transfer of this Agreement pursuant to a consolidation or amalgamation with, or merger with or into, or transfer of all or substantially all its assets to, another entity (but without prejudice to any other right or remedy under this Agreement); and

 (b) a party may make such a transfer of all or any part of its interest in any amount payable to it from a Defaulting Party under
Section 6(e). 
 Any purported transfer that is not in compliance with this Section will be void. 

8. Contractual Currency 
 (a)
Payment in the Contractual Currency. Each payment under this Agreement will be made in the relevant currency specified in this Agreement for that payment (the “Contractual Currency”). To the extent permitted by applicable
law, any obligation to make payments under this Agreement in the Contractual Currency will not be discharged or satisfied by any tender in any currency other than the Contractual Currency, except to the extent such tender results in the actual
receipt by the party to which payment is owed, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith in converting the currency so tendered into the Contractual Currency, of the full amount in the Contractual Currency of all amounts payable in respect of
this Agreement. If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency so received falls short of the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in respect of this Agreement, the party required to make the payment will, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, immediately pay such additional amount in the Contractual Currency as may be necessary to compensate for the shortfall. If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency so received exceeds the amount in the Contractual
Currency payable in respect of this Agreement, the party receiving the payment will refund promptly the amount of such excess. 
  

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 (b) Judgments. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if any judgment or order expressed
in a currency other than the Contractual Currency is rendered (i) for the payment of any amount owing in respect of this Agreement, (ii) for the payment of any amount relating to any early termination in respect of this Agreement or
(iii) in respect of a judgment or order of another court for the payment of any amount described in (i) or (ii) above, the party seeking recovery, after recovery in full of the aggregate amount to which such party is entitled pursuant
to the judgment or order, will be entitled to receive immediately from the other party the amount of any shortfall of the Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency and will refund promptly to
the other party any excess of the Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency if such shortfall or such excess arises or results from any variation between the rate of exchange at which the
Contractual Currency is converted into the currency of the judgment or order for the purposes of such judgment or order and the rate of exchange at which such party is able, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith in converting the currency
received into the Contractual Currency, to purchase the Contractual Currency with the amount of the currency of the judgment or order actually received by such party. The term “rate of exchange” includes, without limitation, any premiums
and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into the Contractual Currency. 
 (c) Separate Indemnities.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, these indemnities constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations in this Agreement, will be enforceable as separate and independent causes of action, will apply
notwithstanding any indulgence granted by the party to which any payment is owed and will not be affected by judgment being obtained or claim or proof being made for any other sums payable in respect of this Agreement. 

(d) Evidence of Loss. For the purpose of this Section 8, it will be sufficient for a party to demonstrate that it would have suffered
a loss had an actual exchange or purchase been made. 
 9. Miscellaneous 

(a) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject
matter and supersedes all oral communication and prior writings with respect thereto. 
 (b) Amendments. No amendment,
modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing (including a writing evidenced by a facsimile transmission) and executed by each of the parties or confirmed by an exchange of telexes or electronic messages on
an electronic messaging system. 
 (c) Survival of Obligations. Without prejudice to Sections 2(a)(iii) and 6(c)(ii), the
obligations of the parties under this Agreement will survive the termination of any Transaction. 
 (d) Remedies Cumulative.
Except as provided in this Agreement, the rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided by law. 

 

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 (e) Counterparts and Confirmations. 

(i) This Agreement (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of it) may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including
by facsimile transmission), each of which will be deemed an original. 
 (ii) The parties intend that they are legally bound by
the terms of each Transaction from the moment they agree to those terms (whether orally or otherwise). A Confirmation shall be entered into as soon as practicable and may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile
transmission) or be created by an exchange of telexes or by an exchange of electronic messages on an electronic messaging system, which in each case will be sufficient for all purposes to evidence a binding supplement to this Agreement. The parties
will specify therein or through another effective means that any such counterpart, telex or electronic message constitutes a Confirmation. 

(f) No Waiver of Rights. A failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege in respect of this Agreement will not be
presumed to operate as a waiver, and a single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege will not be presumed to preclude any subsequent or further exercise, of that right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or
privilege. 
 (g) Headings. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the
construction of or to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement. 
 10. Offices; Multibranch Parties 

(a) If Section 10(a) is specified in the Schedule as applying, each party that enters into a Transaction through an Office other than its head or
home office represents to the other party that, notwithstanding the place of booking office or jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation of such party, the obligations of such party are the same as if it had entered into the Transaction through
its head or home office. This representation will be deemed to be repeated by such party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into. 

(b) Neither party may change the Office through which it makes and receives payments or deliveries for the purpose of a Transaction without the prior
written consent of the other party. 
 (c) If a party is specified as a Multibranch Party in the Schedule, such Multibranch Party may make and
receive payments or deliveries under any Transaction through any Office listed in the Schedule, and the Office through which it makes and receives payments or deliveries with respect to a Transaction will be specified in the relevant Confirmation.

  

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 11. Expenses 

A Defaulting Party will, on demand, indemnify and hold harmless the other party for and against all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal
fees and Stamp Tax, incurred by such other party by reason of the enforcement and protection of its rights under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which the Defaulting Party is a party or by reason of the early termination of any
Transaction, including, but not limited to, costs of collection. 
 12. Notices 

(a) Effectiveness. Any notice or other communication in respect of this Agreement may be given in any manner set forth below (except that a
notice or other communication under Section 5 or 6 may not be given by facsimile transmission or electronic messaging system) to the address or number or in accordance with the electronic messaging system details provided (see the Schedule) and
will be deemed effective as indicated:— 
 (i) if in writing and delivered in person or by courier, on the date it is
delivered; 
 (ii) if sent by telex, on the date the recipient’s answerback is received; 

(iii) if sent by facsimile transmission, on the date that transmission is received by a responsible employee of the recipient in legible
form (it being agreed that the burden of proving receipt will be on the sender and will not be met by a transmission report generated by the sender’s facsimile machine); 

(iv) if sent by certified or registered mail (airmail, if overseas) or the equivalent (return receipt requested), on the date that mail is
delivered or its delivery is attempted; or 
 (v) if sent by electronic messaging system, on the date that electronic message is
received, 
 unless the date of that delivery (or attempted delivery) or that receipt, as applicable, is not a Local Business Day or that
communication is delivered (or attempted) or received , as applicable, after the close of business on a Local Business Day, in which case that communication shall be deemed given and effective on the first following day that is a Local Business Day.

 (b) Change of Addresses. Either party may by notice to the other change the address, telex or facsimile number or electronic
messaging system details at which notices or other communications are to be given to it. 
 13. Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 (a) Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the law specified in the Schedule.

 (b) Jurisdiction. With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to this Agreement 

(“Proceedings”), each party irrevocably:— 

(i) submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law, or to the
non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, if this Agreement is expressed to he governed by the laws of the State of New York; and

  

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 (ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any
Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over
such party. 
 Nothing in this Agreement precludes either party from bringing Proceedings in any other jurisdiction (outside, if this Agreement
is expressed to be governed by English law, the Contracting States, as defined in Section 1(3) of the Civil Jurisdiction and Judgments Act 1982 or any modification, extension or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force) nor will the
bringing of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction. 
 (c) Service of
Process. Each party irrevocably appoints the Process Agent (if any) specified opposite its name in the Schedule to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in any Proceedings. If for any reason any party’s Process Agent is
unable to act as such, such party will promptly notify the other party and within 30 days appoint a substitute process agent acceptable to the other party. The parties irrevocably consent to service of process given in the manner provided for
notices in Section 12. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of either party to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. 

(d) Waiver of Immunities. Each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself
and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from (i) suit, (ii) jurisdiction of any court, (iii) relief by way of injunction, order for
specific performance or for recovery of property, (iv) attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment) and (v) execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any
Proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any such immunity in any Proceedings. 

14. Definitions 
 As used in this
Agreement:— 
 “Additional Termination Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b). 

“Affected Party” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b). 

“Affected Transactions” means (a) with respect to any Termination Event consisting of an Illegality, Tax Event or Tax Event
Upon Merger, all Transactions affected by the occurrence of such Termination Event and (b) with respect to any other Termination Event, all Transactions. 

“Affiliate” means, subject to the Schedule, in relation to any person, any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by the
person, any entity that controls, directly or indirectly, the person or any entity directly or indirectly under common control with the person. For this purpose, “control” of any entity or person means ownership of a majority of the voting
power of the entity or person. 
  

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 “Applicable Rate” means:— 

(a) in respect of obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Defaulting Party, the Default Rate;

 (b) in respect of an obligation to pay an amount under Section 6(e) of either party from and after the date (determined in accordance
with Section 6(d)(ii)) on which that amount is payable, the Default Rate; 
 (c) in respect of all other obligations payable or deliverable
(or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Non-defaulting Party, the Non-default Rate; and 
 (d) in all other cases, the
Termination Rate. 
 “Burdened Party” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b). 

“Change in Tax Law” means the enactment, promulgation, execution or ratification of, or any change in or amendment to, any law
(or in the application or official interpretation of any law) that occurs on or after the date on which the relevant Transaction is entered into. 

“consent” includes a consent, approval, action, authorisation, exemption, notice, filing, registration or exchange control
consent. 
 “Credit Event Upon Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b). 

“Credit Support Document” means any agreement or instrument that is specified as such in this Agreement. 

“Credit Support Provider” has the meaning specified in the Schedule. 

“Default Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the relevant payee (as
certified by it) if it were to fund or of funding the relevant amount plus I% per annum. 
 “Defaulting Party” has the
meaning specified in Section 6(a). 
 “Early Termination Date” means the date determined in accordance with
Section 6(a) or 6(b)(iv). 
 “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5(a) and, if applicable,
in the Schedule. 
 “Illegality” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b). 

“Indemnifiable Tax” means any Tax other than a Tax that would not be imposed in respect of a payment under this Agreement but for
a present or former connection between the jurisdiction of the government or taxation authority imposing such Tax and the recipient of such payment or a 

 

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 
person related to such recipient (including, without limitation, a connection arising from such recipient or related person being or having been a citizen or resident of such jurisdiction, or
being or having been organised, present or engaged in a trade or business in such jurisdiction, or having or having had a permanent establishment or fixed place of business in such jurisdiction, but excluding a connection arising solely from such
recipient or related person having executed, delivered, performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or a Credit Support Document). 

“law” includes any treaty, law, rule or regulation (as modified, in the case of tax matters, by the practice of any relevant
governmental revenue authority) and “lawful” and “unlawful” will be construed accordingly. 
 “Local
Business Day” means, subject to the Schedule, a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) (a) in relation to any obligation under
Section 2(a)(i), in the place(s) specified in the relevant Confirmation or, if not so specified, as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing or determined pursuant to provisions contained, or incorporated by reference, in this Agreement,
(b) in relation to any other payment, in the place where the relevant account is located and, if different, in the principal financial centre, if any, of the currency of such payment, (c) in relation to any notice or other communication,
including notice contemplated under Section 5(a)(i), in the city specified in the address for notice provided by the recipient and, in the case of a notice contemplated by Section 2(b), in the place where the relevant new account is to be
located and (d) in relation to Section 5(a)(v)(2), in the relevant locations for performance with respect to such Specified Transaction. 

“Loss” means, with respect to this Agreement or one or more Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, and a party, the
Termination Currency Equivalent of an amount that party reasonably determines in good faith to be its total losses and costs (or gain, in which case expressed as a negative number) in connection with this Agreement or that Terminated Transaction or
group of Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, including any loss of bargain, cost of funding or, at the election of such party but without duplication, loss or cost incurred as a result of its terminating, liquidating, obtaining or
reestablishing any hedge or related trading position (or any gain resulting from any of them). Loss includes losses and costs (or gains) in respect of any payment or delivery required to have been made (assuming satisfaction of each applicable
condition precedent) on or before the relevant Early Termination Date and not made, except, so as to avoid duplication, if Section 6(e)(i)(1) or (3) or 6(e)(ii)(2)(A) applies. Loss does not include a party’s legal fees and
out-of-pocket expenses referred to under Section 11. A party will determine its Loss as of the relevant Early Termination Date, or, if that is not reasonably practicable, as of the earliest date thereafter as is reasonably practicable. A party
may (but need not) determine its Loss by reference to quotations of relevant rates or prices from one or more leading dealers in the relevant markets. 

“Market Quotation” means, with respect to one or more Terminated Transactions and a party making the determination, an amount
determined on the basis of quotations from Reference Market-makers. Each quotation will be for an amount, if any, that would be paid to such party (expressed as a negative number) or by such party (expressed as a positive number) in consideration of
an agreement between such party (taking into account any existing Credit Support Document with respect to the obligations of such party) and the quoting Reference 

 

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 
Market-maker to enter into a transaction (the “Replacement Transaction”) that would have the effect of preserving for such party the economic equivalent of any payment or delivery
(whether the underlying obligation was absolute or contingent and assuming the satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) by the parties under Section 2(a)(i) in respect of such Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated
Transactions that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required after that date. For this purpose, Unpaid Amounts in respect of the Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions are to be
excluded but, without limitation, any payment or delivery that would, but for the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) after that Early Termination Date is to be included.
The Replacement Transaction would be subject to such documentation as such party and the Reference Market-maker may, in good faith, agree. The party making the determination (or its agent) will request each Reference Market-maker to provide its
quotation to the extent reasonably practicable as of the same day and time (without regard to different time zones) on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the relevant Early Termination Date. The day and time as of which those quotations are
to be obtained will be selected in good faith by the party obliged to make a determination under Section 6(e), and, if each party is so obliged, after consultation with the other. If more than three quotations are provided, the Market Quotation
will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations, without regard to the quotations having the highest and lowest values. If exactly three such quotations are provided, the Market Quotation will be the quotation remaining after disregarding the highest
and lowest quotations. For this purpose, if more than one quotation has the same highest value or lowest value, then one of such quotations shall be disregarded. If fewer than three quotations are provided, it will be deemed that the Market
Quotation in respect of such Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions cannot be determined. 
 “Non-default
Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the Non-defaulting Party (as certified by it) if it were to fund the relevant amount. 

“Non-defaulting Party” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a). 

“Office” means a branch or office of a party, which may be such party’s head or home office. 

“Potential Event of Default” means any event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an
Event of Default. 
 “Reference Market-makers” means four leading dealers in the relevant market selected by the party
determining a Market Quotation in good faith (a) from among dealers of the highest credit standing which satisfy all the criteria that such party applies generally at the time in deciding whether to offer or to make an extension of credit and
(b) to the extent practicable, from among such dealers having an office in the same city. 
 “Relevant Jurisdiction”
means, with respect to a party, the jurisdictions (a) in which the party is incorporated, organised, managed and controlled or considered to have its seat, (b) where an Office through which the party is acting for purposes of this
Agreement is located, (c) in which the party executes this Agreement and (d) in relation to any payment, from or through which such payment is made. 

“Scheduled Payment Date” means a date on which a payment or delivery is to be made under Section 2(a)(i) with respect to a
Transaction. 
  

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 “Set-off” means set-off, offset, combination of accounts, right of retention or
withholding or similar right or requirement to which the payer of an amount under Section 6 is entitled or subject (whether arising under this Agreement, another contract, applicable law or otherwise) that is exercised by, or imposed on, such
payer. 
 “Settlement Amount” means, with respect to a party and any Early Termination Date, the sum of:—

 (a) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Market Quotations (whether positive or negative) for each Terminated Transaction or group of
Terminated Transactions for which a Market Quotation is determined; and 
 (b) such party’s Loss (whether positive or negative and without
reference to any Unpaid Amounts) for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions for which a Market Quotation cannot be determined or would not (in the reasonable belief of the party making the determination) produce a
commercially reasonable result. 
 “Specified Entity” has the meaning specified in the Schedule. 

“Specified Indebtedness” means, subject to the Schedule, any obligation (whether present or future, contingent or otherwise, as
principal or surety or otherwise) in respect of borrowed money. 
 “Specified Transaction” means, subject to the
Schedule, (a) any transaction (including an agreement with respect thereto) now existing or hereafter entered into between one party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such
party) and the other party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such other party or any applicable Specified Entity of such other party) which is a rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap,
commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate
swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions), (b) any combination of these transactions and (c) any other transaction identified as a Specified
Transaction in this Agreement or the relevant confirmation. 
 “Stamp Tax” means any stamp, registration, documentation
or similar tax. 
 “Tax” means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, assessment or fee of any nature
(including interest, penalties and additions thereto) that is imposed by any government or other taxing authority in respect of any payment under this Agreement other than a stamp, registration, documentation or similar tax. 

“Tax Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b), 

“Tax Event Upon Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b). 

 

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 “Terminated Transactions” means with respect to any Early Termination Date
(a) if resulting from a Termination Event, all Affected Transactions and (b) if resulting from an Event of Default, all Transactions (in either case) in effect immediately before the effectiveness of the notice designating that Early
Termination Date (or, if “Automatic Early Termination” applies, immediately before that Early Termination Date). 

“Termination Currency” has the meaning specified in the Schedule. 

“Termination Currency Equivalent” means, in respect of any amount denominated in the Termination Currency, such Termination
Currency amount and, in respect of any amount denominated in a currency other than the Termination Currency (the “Other Currency”), the amount in the Termination Currency determined by the party making the relevant determination as being
required to purchase such amount of such Other Currency as at the relevant Early Termination Date, of, if the relevant Market Quotation or Loss (as the case may be), is determined as of a later date, that later date, with the Termination Currency at
the rate equal to the spot exchange rate of the foreign exchange agent (selected as provided below) for the purchase of such Other Currency with the Termination Currency at or about 11:00 a.m. (in the city in which such foreign exchange agent is
located) on such date as would be customary for the determination of such a rate for the purchase of such Other Currency for value on the relevant Early Termination Date or that later date. The foreign exchange agent will, if only one party is
obliged to make a determination under Section 6(e), be selected in good faith by that party and otherwise will be agreed by the parties. 

“Termination Event” means an Illegality, a Tax Event or a Tax Event Upon Merger or, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event
Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event. 
 “Termination Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the arithmetic
mean of the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to each party (as certified by such party) if it were to fund or of funding such amounts. 

“Unpaid Amounts” owing to any party means, with respect to an Early Termination Date, the aggregate of (a) in respect of all
Terminated Transactions, the amounts that became payable (or that would have become payable but for Section 2(a)(iii)) to such party under Section 2(a)(i) on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which remain unpaid as at such Early
Termination Date and (b) in respect of each Terminated Transaction, for each obligation under Section 2(a)(i) which was (or would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) required to be settled by delivery to such party on or prior to
such Early Termination Date and which has not been so settled as at such Early Termination Date, an amount equal to the fair market value of that which was (or would have been) required to be delivered as of the originally scheduled date for
delivery, in each case together with (to the extent permitted under applicable law) interest, in the currency of such amounts, from (and including) the date such amounts or obligations were or would have been required to have been paid or performed
to (but excluding) such Early Termination Date, at the Applicable Rate. Such amounts of interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed. The fair market value of any obligation referred to in
clause (b) above shall be reasonably determined by the party obliged to make the determination under Section 6(e) or, if each party is so obliged, it shall be the average of the Termination Currency Equivalents of the fair market values
reasonably determined by both parties. 
  

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this document on the respective dates specified below with
effect from the date specified on the first page of this document. 
  

									
	BARCLAYS BANK PLC	 		 	NATIONAL CINEMEDIA, LLC
				
	By:	 	 /s/ Ana M. Soriano
	 		 	 /s/ Gary W. Ferrera

	Name:	 	Ana M. Soriano	 		 	Name:	 	Gary W. Ferrera
	Title:	 	Director	 		 	Title:	 	EVP/CFO

  

			
	
                  
      
 *  Delete as applicable.
	  	ISDA® 1992

 Execution Version 

SCHEDULE 

to the 
 1992
ISDA MASTER AGREEMENT 
 dated as of February 4, 2010 

between 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC 

established as a Public Limited Company 

under the laws of England and Wales (“Party A”) 

and 
 NATIONAL
CINEMEDIA, LLC 
 a Delaware limited liability company 

(“Party B”) 
  

					
	Part 1.	  	Termination Provisions.	  	
			
	(a)	  	“Specified Entity” means in relation to Party A for the purpose of:	  	
			
		  	Section 5(a)(v) (Default Under Specified Transaction)	  	None.
			
		  	Section 5(a)(vi) (Cross Default)	  	None
			
		  	Section 5(a)(vii) (Bankruptcy)	  	None
			
		  	Section 5(b)(v) (Credit Event Upon Merger)	  	None
			
		  	and in relation to Party B for the purpose of:	  	
			
		  	Section 5(a)(v) (Default Under Specified Transaction)	  	National CineMedia, Inc.
			
		  	Section 5(a)(vi) (Cross Default)	  	None
			
		  	Section 5(a)(vii) (Bankruptcy)	  	None
			
		  	Section 5(b)(v) (Credit Event Upon Merger)	  	None

  

	(b)	“Specified Transaction” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement with the addition of the words “credit swap, credit
default swap, credit default option, total return swap, credit spread transaction, repurchase transaction, reverse repurchase transaction, buy/sell back transaction” after the word “currency option” in the eighth line..

  

 19 

	(c)	“Cross Default” applies to Party A and Party B; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Event of Default shall not occur under either
clauses (1) or (2) of Section 5(a)(vi) if (a) the default, event of default or other similar condition or event referred to in such clause (1) or the default referred to in such clause (2) is a failure to pay caused
solely by error or omission of an administrative or operational nature; and (b) funds were available to such party, Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party, as the case may be, to enable it to make
the relevant payment when due; and (c) such relevant payment is made within three Local Business Days of receipt of written notice from an interested party of such failure to pay. 

“Specified Indebtedness” has the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement, except that with respect to
Party A, indebtedness or obligations in respect of deposits received in the ordinary course of the banking business of such party shall not constitute Specified Indebtedness and with respect to Party B, “Specified Indebtedness” shall
include, without limitation, the obligations of Party B under that certain Credit Agreement dated as of February 13, 2007, made by and between Party B, Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., as Arrangers, Credit Suisse (USA) LLC
and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Co-Documentation Agents, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the other Lenders party thereto, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time (the
“Credit Agreement”) (and to which other lenders, borrowers or other persons may be or become party). 

“Threshold Amount” means, (1) with respect to Party A, an amount equal to three percent (3%) of its
shareholders’ equity, determined in accordance with generally acceptable accounting principles in Party A’s jurisdiction of incorporation or organization as at the end of Party A’s most recently completed fiscal year, and
(2) with respect to Party B, $25,000,000. 
 (d) “Credit Event Upon Merger” applies to Party A and Party B.
Section 5(b)(iv) of the Agreement is replaced with the following: 
 “The term “Credit Event Upon
Merger” shall mean that a Designated Event (as defined below) occurs with respect to a party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party (in each case, “X”) and such Designated
Event does not constitute an event described in Section 5(a)(viii) of this Agreement and the creditworthiness of X or, if applicable, the successor, surviving or transferee entity of X, after taking into account any applicable Credit Support
Document, is, in the reasonable opinion of the other party, materially weaker immediately after the occurrence of such Designated Event than that of X immediately prior to the occurrence of such Designated Event (and, in any such event, such party
or its successor, surviving or transferee entity, as appropriate, will be the Affected Party). 
 A “Designated
Event” with respect to X means that: 
  

	 	(i)	X consolidates or amalgamates with or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets (or any substantial part of the assets comprising the
business conducted by X as of the date of this Agreement) to, or reorganizes, reincorporates or reconstitutes into or as, another entity; or 

  

	 	(ii)	any person or related group of persons or entity acquires directly or indirectly the beneficial ownership of (A) equity securities having the power to elect a
majority of the board of directors (or its equivalent) of X or (B) any other ownership interest enabling it to exercise control of X; or 

  

	 	(iii)	X effects any substantial change in its capital structure by means of the issuance, incurrence or guarantee of debt or the issuance of (A) preferred stock or other
securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, debt or preferred stock; or (B) in the case of entities other than corporations, any other form of ownership interest. 

 

 20 

	(e)	The “Automatic Early Termination” provision of Section 6(a) of this Agreement will not apply to Party A and will not apply to Party B.

  

	(f)	“Termination Currency” means United States Dollars (“USD”). 

 

	(g)	Payments on Early Termination. For the purpose of Section 6(e): 

 

	 	(i)	Market Quotation will apply. 

  

	 	(ii)	The Second Method will apply. 

  

	(h)	Additional Termination Event. The following will constitute an Additional Termination Event, where Party B shall be the Affected Party and all
Transactions shall be Affected Transactions: 

  

	 	(i)	Party A as a Secured Party. (1) Party B’s obligations to Party A under the Agreement fail to be secured by a valid and perfected lien on and security
interest in the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Lender under the Credit Agreement, (2) all or substantially all of the Collateral is released from the liens of the relevant Loan Documents without the prior written consent of Party A,
(3) (A) the liabilities of any Credit Support Provider of Party B in respect of its guarantee obligations under the relevant Loan Documents are terminated without the prior written consent of Party A or (B) any Credit Support Provider
of Party B is released from its guarantee obligations under the relevant Loan Documents without the prior written consent of Party A, (4) the obligations or liabilities of Party B or any of its Credit Support Providers under this Agreement and
the Party B CSD are deemed subordinate to or junior in right or priority of payment to any of the Loans under the Loan Documents (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if there are multiple tranches of Loans, the most senior tranche), (5) Party B or
any of its Credit Support Providers takes any action, including but not limited to actions relating to the release of all or substantially all of the Collateral, that render its obligations or liabilities under this Agreement or the Party B CSD as
unsecured indebtedness; or (6) the obligations and liabilities of Party B and its Credit Support Providers under this Agreement and the relevant Party B CSD cease to constitute the obligations of the Loan Parties or cease to rank pari
passu with and equal in right and priority of payment with the Loans under the Loan Documents (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if there are multiple tranches of Loans, the most senior tranche); each event specified in clauses (1) through
(6) above shall be specified a “Collateralization Event”); provided that such Collateralization Event shall not be an Additional Termination Event if an ISDA Credit Support Annex (the “CSA”):
(i) is agreed to by Party A and Party B on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Party A and (ii) is executed and delivered between Party A and Party B at least 1 day prior to the Collateralization Event.

  

	 	(ii)	Cancellation of Facility. The Credit Agreement is accelerated, terminated or ceases to exist (for whatever reason, whether or not the loans are refinanced or
subject to any successor exit financing) or is replaced by another credit facility; provided, however, it shall not constitute an Additional Termination Event if, the terms of any such successor or replacement credit facility regarding hedge
security and collateral are substantially similar to the terms of the Credit Agreement regarding hedge security and collateral or are otherwise acceptable to Party A in its reasonable discretion. 

 

	 	(iii)	Prepayments. Party B shall voluntarily prepays or is required to prepay all or a portion of the loans under the Credit Agreement, the effect of which would cause
the aggregate Notional Amount of all Interest Rate Transactions entered into hereunder (the “Aggregate Notional Amount”) to exceed the principal balance of such loans, in which case a portion of the Aggregate Notional Amount that exceeds
or will exceed the principal balance of such loans, as determined by Party A in its reasonable discretion, shall be deemed to be an Affected Transaction and Party A, upon notice from Party B prior to such prepayment, shall have the right to early
terminate such Affected Transactions at least contemporaneously or promptly after with such prepayment of the loans. 

  

 21 

 The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below for purposes of this Agreement: 

“Collateral” means any collateral pledged to the Secured Parties under the Collateral Documents. 

“Collateral Documents” means the Credit Agreement and the “Security Documents” as defined in the Credit Agreement.

 “Interest Rate Transaction” means any Transaction that is entered into to hedge interest rate risk. 

“Lender” means any lender under the Credit Agreement holding the most senior security interest in the Collateral relative to the
other Secured Parties. 
 “Loan” means any loan made by a Lender to a borrower under the Credit Agreement. 

“Loan Documents” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Credit Agreement. 

“Secured Party” means a secured party under the Collateral Documents. 

Part 2. Tax Representations. 
  

	(a)	Payer Tax Representations. For the purpose of Section 3(e) of this Agreement, each of Party A and Party B makes the following representation:

 It is not required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue
authority, of any Relevant Jurisdiction to make any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax from any payment (other than interest under Sections 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e) of this Agreement) to be made by it to the
other party under this Agreement. In making this representation, it may rely on (i) the accuracy of any representation made by the other party pursuant to Section 3(f) of this Agreement, (ii) the satisfaction(s) of the
agreement of the other party contained in Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement and the accuracy and effectiveness of any document provided by the other party pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of
this Agreement; and (iii) the satisfaction of the agreement of the other party contained in Section 4(d) of this Agreement, provided that it shall not be a breach of this representation where reliance is placed on clause
(ii) and the other party does not deliver a form or document under Section 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement by reason of material prejudice to its legal or commercial position. 

 

	(b)	Payee Tax Representations. For the purpose of Section 3(f) of this Agreement, Party A represents that: (i) with respect to payments made to Party B
which are not effectively connected to the United States: It is a non-U.S. branch of a foreign person for United States federal income tax purposes, it is fully eligible for the “Business Profits” and “Industrial and Commercial
Profits”, as the case may be, provisions of the income tax treaty in effect between the United Kingdom and the United States, and no payment received or to be received in connection with this Agreement is attributable to a trade or business
carried on through a permanent establishment in the United States, and (ii) with respect to payments made to Party B which are effectively connected to the United States: Each payment received or to be received by it in connection with this
Agreement will be effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States. For the purpose of Section 3(f) of this Agreement, Party B represents that: it is a limited liability company duly organized and validly
existing under the laws of the State of Delaware. 

  

 22 

 Part 3. Agreement to Deliver Documents. 

For the purpose of Sections 4(a)(i) and (ii) of this Agreement, each party agrees to deliver the following documents, as applicable: 

 

	(a)	Tax forms, documents or certificates to be delivered are: 

  

					
	 Party required to

deliver document
	  	 Form/Document/Certificate
	  	 Date by which to be delivered

	 Party A and Party B
	  	Any form or document accurately completed and in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the other party that may be required or reasonably requested in order to allow the other party
to make a payment under a Transaction without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax or with deduction or withholding at a reduced rate, promptly upon reasonable demand by the other party, including, without limitation, an
executed United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or Form W-8BEN and/or W-8ECI (or any successor thereto).	  	(i) Upon the execution of this Agreement and (ii) promptly upon reasonable demand by the other Party.

 

	(b)	Other documents to be delivered are: 

  

							
	 Party required to

Deliver document
	  	 Form/Document/Certificate
	  	 Date by which to be delivered
	  	 Covered by Section 3(d)
Representation

	 Party A and Party B
	  	Either (i) a signature booklet containing a secretary’s certificate and resolutions (“authorizing resolutions”) or (ii) other authority documentation, in either case,
which (x) authorizes the party to enter into derivatives transactions of the type contemplated by the parties and (y) is reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the other party.	  	Upon execution of this Agreement and as deemed necessary for any future Transaction.	  	Yes

  

 23 

							
	 Party required to

Deliver document
	  	 Form/Document/Certificate
	  	 Date by which to be delivered
	  	 Covered by Section 3(d)

Representation

	Party A and Party B	  	Certified copies of documents evidencing each party’s capacity to execute this Agreement, each Confirmation and any Credit Support Document (if applicable) and to perform its
obligations hereunder and thereunder.	  	As soon as practicable after the execution of this Agreement, and, with respect to a Confirmation, upon the other party’s request.	  	Yes
				
	Party A and Party B	  	A copy of the annual report of such party containing audited consolidated financial statements for each such fiscal year, certified by independent certified public accountants and
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the country in which such party is organized.	  	As soon as practicable after the execution of this Agreement and also within 120 calendar days after the end of each fiscal year while there are any obligations outstanding under
this Agreement; provided that the foregoing delivery obligation of Party B shall be deemed to be satisfied for so long as Party A is the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement or is a Lender under the Credit Agreement.	  	Yes
				
	Party B	  	Copy of Party B’s most recent, publicly available quarterly report containing unaudited financial statements.	  	Where such financial statement is not reasonably publicly available on EDGAR or Party B’s internet home page, promptly upon reasonable request and in any event no later than 50
days after the end of the relevant fiscal quarterly period.	  	Yes
				
	Party B	  	(a) Notice of (i) any default, acceleration or prepayment under the Credit Agreement, (ii) any proposed voluntary or mandatory prepayment under or refinancing of the Credit
Agreement, and (iii) any amendment, waiver, consent, and any other vote of the lenders under the Credit Agreement or Collateral Documents	  	At any time Party A or its affiliate is not a Lender, promptly (and in any event, not later that the time specified for provision of such information to Lenders.)	  	Yes

  

 24 

 Part 4. Miscellaneous. 

(a) Addresses for Notices. Notices should be sent to the address of the relevant branch set out in the relevant Confirmation (as may be amended
from time to time), provided that in the case of notices or communications relating to Section 5, 6, 7, 11 or 13, such notices should be sent to 
  

	 	(i)	Address for notices or communications to Party A: 

  

					
		 	Address:	  	Barclays Bank PLC
		 		  	c/o Barclays Capital
		 		  	Legal Department
		 		  	745 Seventh Avenue
		 		  	New York, NY 10019, United States
			
		 	Attention:	  	General Counsel
		 	Facsimile No.:	  	+ 1 (212) 412-3544
		 	Telephone No.:	  	+1 (212) 412-7519

  

	 	(ii)	Address for notices or communications to Party B: 

National CineMedia, LLC 

9110 East Nichols Avenue, Suite 200 

Centennial, CO 80112-3405 

Attention: Gary Ferrera and David Oddo 

Telecopy: 303-792-8668 

Telephone: 303-792-3600 

With a copy to: 

Ralph E. Hardy, General Counsel 

Telecopy: 303-792-8649 

Telephone: 303-792-3600 
  

 25 

	(b)	Process Agent. For the purpose of Section 13(c) of this Agreement: 

 

	 	(i)	Party B does not appoint a Process Agent. 

  

	 	(ii)	Party B does not appoint a Process Agent. 

  

	(c)	Offices. The provisions of Section 10(a) of this Agreement will apply to Party A and to Party B. 

 

	(d)	Multibranch Party. For the purpose of Section 10(c) of this Agreement: 

Party A is a Multibranch Party and may act through its London and New York, offices. 

Party B is not a Multibranch Party. 
  

	(e)	“Calculation Agent” means Party A. All calculations and determinations made by the Calculation Agent shall be made in good faith and a commercially
reasonable manner; provided however, where Party B, in good faith, disputes any determination or calculation, then if, within three Local Business Days following the date on which Party A as the Calculation Agent notifies Party B of its
determination or calculation, Party B notifies Party A in writing of its dispute, setting forth an explanation of the dispute and, if available, Party B’s proposed alternative calculation or determination, then Party A shall make available to
Party B such information used by Party A to make any calculation or determination under this Agreement as may be reasonably necessary (or otherwise in compliance with Party A’s policies) in order to enable the Party B to independently confirm
the accuracy of such calculation or determination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any definitions published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) that may be incorporated by reference into this
Agreement or any Transaction entered into hereunder, Party B shall have the right to challenge the calculations for errors, manifest or otherwise. Party B shall either confirm agreement with or object to such calculation or determination within
three Local Business Days of receipt of the information, and if Party B disputes the amount calculated as being due and deliverable on any Payment Date, any undisputed amount shall be paid or delivered on the relevant Payment Date pursuant to the
relevant Confirmation. The parties shall endeavor to resolve any disputed amount in good faith. If the parties are unable to resolve such dispute within three Local Business Days after receipt of the information the parties shall mutually select a
dealer that would qualify as a Reference Market-maker to resolve the dispute in a timely manner, which resolution shall be final and binding absent manifest error. 

 

	(f)	“Credit Support Document” means, for Party A: None.; and, in the case of Party B, any credit support annex, any Confirmation and any other document,
any of which by its terms secures, guarantees or otherwise supports such party’s obligations under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents, including but not limited to that certain
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Mortgages (as such terms are defined in the Credit Agreement) (collectively, the “Party B CSD”). 

 

	(g)	“Credit Support Provider” means in relation to Party A: None. 

“Credit Support Provider” means in relation to Party B: Any party executing or delivering any Party B CSD. 

 

	(h)	Governing Law; Jurisdiction. Sections 13(a) and (b) of the Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following: 

“(a) Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York
(without reference to choice of law doctrine other than Sect. 5-1401 of the NY General Obligation Law). 
  

 26 

 (b) Jurisdiction. With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to any
dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (“Proceedings”), each party: 
 (i) irrevocably submits to
the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City of the State of New York; and 

(ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any
claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party.” 

 

	(i)	Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any
Proceedings relating to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document. 

  

	(j)	Netting of Payments. Subparagraph (ii) of Section 2(c) of this Agreement will apply to all Transactions under this Agreement. 

 

	(k)	“Affiliate” has the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement.. 

 

	(l)	Absence of Litigation. For the purpose of Section 3(c) of this Agreement, “Affiliates” shall mean (i) National CineMedia, Inc. only, in
relation to Party B. 

  

	(m)	Additional Representation will apply. For the purpose of Section 3 of this Agreement the following Section 3(h) will constitute an Additional
Representation: 

 “(h) Relationship Between Parties. Each party will be deemed to represent to the
other party on the date on which it enters into a Transaction that (absent a written agreement between the parties that expressly imposes affirmative obligations to the contrary for that Transaction): 

(1) Non-Reliance. It is acting for its own account, and it has made its own independent decisions to enter into that Transaction
and as to whether that Transaction is appropriate or proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisers as it has deemed necessary. It is not relying on any communication (written or oral) of the other party as investment
advice or as a recommendation to enter into that Transaction; it being understood that information and explanations related to the terms and conditions of a Transaction shall not be considered investment advice or a recommendation to enter into that
Transaction. No communication (written or oral) received from the other party shall be deemed to be an assurance or guarantee as to the expected results of that Transaction. 

(2) Assessment and Understanding. It is capable of assessing the merits of and understanding (on its own behalf or through
independent professional advice), and understands and accepts, the terms, conditions and risks of that Transaction. It is also capable of assuming, and assumes, the risks of that Transaction. 

(3) Status of Parties. The other party is not acting as a fiduciary for or an adviser to it in respect of that Transaction.”

 (i) Non-Agency. It is entering into this Agreement, any Credit Support Document to which it is a party, each
Transaction and any other documentation relating to this Agreement or any Transaction as principal (and not as agent or in any other capacity, fiduciary or otherwise). 
  

	(n)	Recording of Conversations. Each party (i) agrees to notify and consents to the recording of telephone conversations between the trading, marketing
and other relevant personnel of the parties in connection with this Agreement or any potential Transaction, (ii) waives any further notice of such monitoring or recording, and (iii) agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that
recordings may be submitted in evidence in any Proceedings. 

  

 27 

	(o)	Accuracy of Specified Information. Section 3(d) is hereby amended by adding in the third line thereof after the word “respect” and before
the period, the phrase “or, in the case of audited or unaudited financial statements, a fair presentation of the financial condition of the relevant person.” 

Part 5. Other Provisions. 
  

	(a)	Additional Representations. In addition to the provisions addressed above in Part 4 of the Schedule, Section 3 of this Agreement is hereby amended by adding
at the end thereof the following sub-paragraphs: 

 “(i) Eligible Contract Participant. It is an
“Eligible Contract Participant” as defined in Section 1(a)(12) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended. 
 (j)
Non-ERISA Representation. It continuously represents that it is not (i) an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “ERISA Plan”), as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
(“ERISA”), subject to Title I of ERISA or a plan subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or subject to any other statute, regulation, procedure or restriction that is materially similar to
Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (together with ERISA Plans, “Plans”), (ii) a person any of the assets of whom constitute assets of a Plan, or (iii) in connection with any Transaction under this
Agreement, a person acting on behalf of a Plan, or using the assets of a Plan. It will provide notice to the other party in the event that it is aware that it is in breach of any aspect of this representation or is aware that with the passing of
time, giving of notice or expiry of any applicable grace period it will breach this representation.” 
 (b) Set-Off.
.. (i) In addition to any rights of set-off a party may have as a matter of law or otherwise, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to Party (“X”) hereof (or a provision analogous thereto) or where there is one
Affected Party in the case where either a Credit Event Upon Merger has occurred, or any Additional Termination Event where X is the sole Affected Party, the other party (“Y”) shall have the right (but shall not be obliged) without prior
notice to X or any other person to set off any obligation of X owing to Y or any Affiliate of Y (whether or not arising under this Agreement, whether or not matured, whether or not contingent and regardless of the currency, place of payment or
booking office of the obligation) against any obligations of Y or any Affiliate of Y owing to X (whether or not arising under this Agreement, whether or not matured, whether or not contingent and regardless of the currency, place of payment or
booking office of the obligation). 
 (ii) For the purpose of cross-currency set off, Y may convert any obligation to another
currency at a market rate determined by Y. 
 (iii) If any obligation is unascertained, Y may in good faith estimate that
obligation and set off in respect of the estimate, subject to the relevant party accounting to the other when the obligation is ascertained. 

(iv) Nothing in this paragraph will have the effect of creating a charge or other security interest. This paragraph shall be without
prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, lien or other right to which any party is at any time otherwise entitled (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).” 

 

 28 

	(c)	Procedures for Entering Into Transactions. Party A will deliver to Party B a Confirmation relating to each Transaction. 

 

	(d)	Certain Defined Terms and Representations. Party B represents and warrants to Party A at all times until the termination of this Agreement that
(i) this Agreement and each Transaction is a Specified Hedge Agreement that is permitted under the Credit Agreement and is also permitted under its other contractual obligations, (ii) this Agreement and each Transaction are Obligations (as
defined in the Credit Agreement and Collateral Documents) and (iii) the obligations of Party B to Party A with respect to this Agreement and each Transaction are secured under, and in accordance with, the terms of the Credit Agreement and
Collateral Documents rank at least pari passu and equal in right and priority of payment and liquidation with the Loans under the Loan Documents (and, to the extent the Loans consist of multiple tranches, the most senior tranche thereof).

  

	(e)	Incorporation by Reference of Terms of Credit Agreement. The covenants, terms and provisions of, including all representations and warranties of
Party B contained in Section 7 and 8 of Credit Agreement (together with the relevant provisions of any other Section or Sections to which they refer, including definitions), as in effect as of the date of this Agreement, are hereby
incorporated by reference in, and made part of, this Agreement to the same extent as if such covenants, terms, and provisions were set forth in full herein. Party B hereby agrees that, during the period commencing with the date of this
Agreement through and including such date on which all of Party B’s obligations under this Agreement are fully performed, Party B will (a) observe, perform, and fulfill each and every such covenant, term, and provision applicable
to Party B, as such covenants, terms, and provisions, may be amended from time to time after the date of this Agreement with the consent of Party A. In the event the Credit Agreement terminates or becomes no longer binding on Party B
prior to the termination of this Agreement, such covenants, terms, and provisions (other than those requiring payments in respect of amounts owed under the Credit Agreement) will remain in force and effect for purposes of this Agreement as though
set forth in full herein until the date on which all of Party B’s obligations under this Agreement are fully performed, and this Agreement is terminated. 

Any failure of Party B to comply with the covenants, terms and provisions of Credit Agreement that are incorporated by reference herein
pursuant to the immediately above paragraph shall constitute an Event of Default with respect to Party B under this Agreement; provided that (1) any such failure shall not be an Event of Default hereunder if a CSA (x) is agreed to by Party
A and Party B on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Party A and (y) is executed and delivered between Party A and Party B within 10 days after notice by Party A to Party B of any such failure, and (2) the incorporation of the
covenants, terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement pursuant to the immediately above paragraph shall not apply at any time when the mark-to-market threshold (“MTM Threshold”) of the outstanding Transaction(s) hereunder is less than
five million dollars ($5,000,000) as determined by Party A in its reasonable discretion. This MTM Threshold shall not apply and Party A shall have the right to declare and Event of Default under this Agreement where Party B has failed to seek the
consent of Party A to an amendment to such covenant, terms and provisions as provided for in this provision and such amendment has a material adverse impact on Party A, as determined by Party A in its reasonable discretion. 

To the extent that this part 5 (e) is inconsistent with other terms of this Agreement, including the incorporation of covenants,
terms and provisions of Sections 7 and 8 of the Credit Agreement, Party A shall not be deemed to have waived any rights hereunder by virtue of such inconsistency. 
  

	(f)	Form of Agreement. The parties hereby agree that the text of the body of the Agreement is intended to be the printed form of 1992 ISDA Master Agreement as
published and copyrighted by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 

  

 29 

	(g)	Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction in respect of any Transaction shall, as to such
Transaction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of the Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision as to any other jurisdiction or
Transaction; provided, however, that nothing in this provision shall adversely affect the rights of each party under the Agreement; and provided further that this severability provision shall not be applicable if any provision of Section 1, 2,
5, 6, or 13 (or any definition or provision in Section 14 to the extent it relates to, or is used in or connection with any such Section) shall be so held to be invalid or unenforceable. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good faith
negotiations to replace the prohibited or unenforceable provision with a valid provision, the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the prohibited or unenforceable provision. The remaining terms, provisions, covenants, and
conditions hereof shall continue in full force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed with the invalid or unenforceable portion eliminated, so long as this Agreement as so modified continues to express, without material change, the
original intentions of the parties as to the subject matter of this Agreement and the deletion of such portion of this Agreement will not substantially impair the respective benefits or expectations of the parties to this Agreement.

  

 30 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Schedule by their duly authorized officers as of
the date hereof. 
  

									
	BARCLAYS BANK PLC	 		 	NATIONAL CINEMEDIA, LLC
					
	By:	 	 /s/ Ana M. Soriano
	 		 	By:	 	National Cinemedia, Inc., its Manager
	Name:	 	Ana M. Soriano	 		 	By:	 	 /s/ Gary W. Ferrera

	Title:	 	Director	 		 	Name:	 	Gary W. Ferrera
	Date:	 		 	Title:	 	EVP/CFO
		 		 		 	Date: April 7, 2010

  

 31Exhibit 4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

 
  

 
 ITC^DELTACOM, INC., 

Company, 
 THE
GUARANTORS PARTIES HERETO 
 and 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., 

Trustee 
  

 
 Indenture

 Dated as of April 9, 2010 
  

 
 10.5% Senior
Secured Notes due 2016 
  
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

			
	 TIA Sections
	  	Indenture Sections
	 § 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	  	N/A
	 (b)
	  	7.03; 7.08
	 § 311(a)
	  	7.03
	 (b)
	  	7.03
	 § 312(a)
	  	2.04
	 (b)
	  	13.02
	 (c)
	  	13.02
	 § 313(a)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(2)
	  	7.07
	 (c)
	  	7.05; 7.06; 13.02
	 (d)
	  	7.06
	 § 314(a)
	  	N/A
	 (b)
	  	12.05
	 (a)(1)
	  	6.02(c)
	 (a)(4)
	  	1.01
	 (b)(2)
	  	12.05
	 (c)(1)
	  	N/A
	 (c)(2)
	  	N/A
	 (d)
	  	12.05
	 (s)
	  	N/A
	 (e)
	  	N/A
	 § 315(a)
	  	7.02
	 (b)
	  	7.02
	 (c)
	  	7.02
	 (d)
	  	7.02
	 (e)
	  	N/A
	 § 316(a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	N/A
	 (b)
	  	N/A
	 (c)
	  	N/A
	 § 317(a)(1)
	  	N/A
	 (a)(2)
	  	N/A
	 (b)
	  	N/A
	 § 318(a)
	  	N/A
	 (c)
	  	N/A

 Note: The Cross-Reference Table shall not for any
purpose be deemed to be a part of this Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

			
	 	  	Page
	ARTICLE ONE	  	
		
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	
		
	 Section 1.01.  Definitions
	  	1
	 Section 1.02.  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	28
	 Section 1.03.  Rules of Construction
	  	28
		
	ARTICLE TWO	  	
		
	THE NOTES	  	
		
	 Section 2.01.  Form and Dating
	  	29
	 Section 2.02.  Restrictive Legends
	  	30
	 Section 2.03.  Execution, Authentication and Denominations
	  	31
	 Section 2.04.  Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	32
	 Section 2.05.  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	32
	 Section 2.06.  Transfer and Exchange
	  	33
	 Section 2.07.  Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes
	  	33
	 Section 2.08.  Special Transfer Provisions
	  	35
	 Section 2.09.  Replacement Notes
	  	37
	 Section 2.10.  Outstanding Notes
	  	38
	 Section 2.11.  Temporary Notes
	  	38
	 Section 2.12.  Cancellation
	  	38
	 Section 2.13.  CUSIP Numbers
	  	38
	 Section 2.14.  Defaulted Interest
	  	39
	 Section 2.15.  Issuance of Additional Notes
	  	39
		
	ARTICLE THREE	  	
		
	REDEMPTION	  	
		
	 Section 3.01.  Right of Redemption
	  	39
	 Section 3.02.  Notices to Trustee
	  	40
	 Section 3.03.  Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed
	  	40
	 Section 3.04.  Notice of Redemption
	  	41
	 Section 3.05.  Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	41
	 Section 3.06.  Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	42
	 Section 3.07.  Payment of Notes Called for Redemption
	  	42
	 Section 3.08.  Notes Redeemed in Part
	  	42

			
		
	ARTICLE FOUR	  	
		
	COVENANTS	  	
		
	 Section 4.01.  Payment of Notes
	  	42
	 Section 4.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	42
	 Section 4.03.  Limitation on Indebtedness
	  	43
	 Section 4.04.  Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	46
	 Section 4.05.  Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
Subsidiaries
	  	49
	 Section 4.06.  Limitation on the Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	52
	 Section 4.07.  Limitation on Transactions With Affiliates
	  	52
	 Section 4.08.  Limitation on Liens
	  	53
	 Section 4.09.  Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions
	  	53
	 Section 4.10.  Limitation on Asset Sales
	  	54
	 Section 4.11.  Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control
	  	55
	 Section 4.12.  Existence
	  	55
	 Section 4.13.  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims
	  	55
	 Section 4.14.  Maintenance of Properties and Insurance
	  	55
	 Section 4.15.  Notice of Defaults
	  	56
	 Section 4.16.  Compliance Certificates
	  	56
	 Section 4.17.  SEC Reports and Reports to Holders
	  	56
	 Section 4.18.  Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
	  	57
	 Section 4.19.  Future Guarantors
	  	57
	 Section 4.20.  After-Acquired Collateral
	  	58
	 Section 4.21.  Additional Interest Notice
	  	58
	 Section 4.22.  Suspension of Certain Covenants
	  	58
		
	ARTICLE FIVE	  	
		
	SUCCESSOR CORPORATION	  	
		
	 Section 5.01.  Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets
	  	59
	 Section 5.02.  Successor Substituted
	  	60
		
	ARTICLE SIX	  	
		
	DEFAULT AND REMEDIES	  	
		
	 Section 6.01.  Events of Default
	  	61
	 Section 6.02.  Acceleration
	  	62
	 Section 6.03.  Other Remedies
	  	63
	 Section 6.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	63
	 Section 6.05.  Control by Majority
	  	64
	 Section 6.06.  Limitation on Suits
	  	64
	 Section 6.07.  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	  	64
	 Section 6.08.  Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	65
	 Section 6.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	65
	 Section 6.10.  Priorities
	  	65
	 Section 6.11.  Undertaking for Costs
	  	65
	 Section 6.12.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	  	66

			
	 Section 6.13.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	  	66
	 Section 6.14.  Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	  	66
		
	ARTICLE SEVEN	  	
		
	TRUSTEE	  	
		
	 Section 7.01.  General
	  	66
	 Section 7.02.  Certain Rights of Trustee
	  	66
	 Section 7.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	67
	 Section 7.04.  Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	68
	 Section 7.05.  Notice of Default
	  	68
	 Section 7.06.  Reports by Trustee to Holders
	  	68
	 Section 7.07.  Compensation and Indemnity
	  	68
	 Section 7.08.  Replacement of Trustee
	  	69
	 Section 7.09.  Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
	  	70
	 Section 7.10.  Eligibility
	  	70
	 Section 7.11.  Money Held in Trust
	  	70
	 Section 7.12.  Limitation on Duty of Trustee in Respect of Collateral; Indemnification
	  	70
		
	ARTICLE EIGHT	  	
		
	DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE	  	
		
	 Section 8.01.  Termination of Company’s Obligations
	  	71
	 Section 8.02.  Defeasance and Discharge of Indenture
	  	72
	 Section 8.03.  Defeasance of Certain Obligations
	  	73
	 Section 8.04.  Application of Trust Money
	  	74
	 Section 8.05.  Repayment to Company
	  	74
	 Section 8.06.  Reinstatement
	  	75
		
	ARTICLE NINE	  	
		
	AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS	  	
		
	 Section 9.01.  Without Consent of Holders
	  	75
	 Section 9.02.  With Consent of Holders
	  	76
	 Section 9.03.  Revocation and Effect of Consent
	  	77
	 Section 9.04.  Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	77
	 Section 9.05.  Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.
	  	77
	 Section 9.06.  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act
	  	78
		
	ARTICLE TEN	  	
		
	GUARANTEES	  	
		
	 Section 10.01.  Guarantees
	  	78
	 Section 10.02.  Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	79
	 Section 10.03.  Execution and Delivery of Guarantees
	  	79
	 Section 10.04.  Release of Guarantor
	  	79

			
		
	ARTICLE ELEVEN	  	
		
	RANKING OF NOTE LIENS	  	
		
	 Section 11.01.  Relative Rights
	  	80
		
	ARTICLE TWELVE	  	
		
	COLLATERAL	  	
		
	 Section 12.01.  Collateral Agreements
	  	81
	 Section 12.02.  Collateral Agent
	  	81
	 Section 12.03.  Authorization of Actions to Be Taken
	  	82
	 Section 12.04.  Release of Collateral
	  	83
	 Section 12.05.  Filing, Recording and Opinions
	  	84
	 Section 12.06.  Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee
	  	84
	 Section 12.07.  Release upon Termination of the Company’s Obligations
	  	84
	 Section 12.08.  First Lien Intercreditor Agreement Controls
	  	85
		
	ARTICLE THIRTEEN	  	
		
	MISCELLANEOUS	  	
		
	 Section 13.01.  Trust Indenture Act of 1939
	  	85
	 Section 13.02.  Notices
	  	85
	 Section 13.03.  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	86
	 Section 13.04.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	86
	 Section 13.05.  Acts of Holders
	  	86
	 Section 13.06.  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar
	  	87
	 Section 13.07.  Payment Date Other Than a Business Day
	  	87
	 Section 13.08.  Governing Law
	  	87
	 Section 13.09.  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	87
	 Section 13.10.  No Recourse Against Others
	  	87
	 Section 13.11.  Successors
	  	87
	 Section 13.12.  Duplicate Originals
	  	88
	 Section 13.13.  Separability
	  	88
	 Section 13.14.  Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.
	  	88
	 Section 13.15.  Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	88
	 Section 13.16.  Force Majeure
	  	88

 EXHIBITS 

 

	
	 EXHIBIT A   –   Form of Note

	 EXHIBIT B   –   Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Non-QIB
Accredited Investors

	 EXHIBIT C   –   Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to
Regulation S

 INDENTURE, dated as of April 9, 2010, among ITC^DeltaCom, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the “Company”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) parties hereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

RECITALS 
 The
Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance initially of up to $325.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 10.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”) issuable as
provided in this Indenture. All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Company has done all things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the Company, valid obligations of the Company as hereinafter provided. 

AND THIS INDENTURE FURTHER WITNESSETH 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for
the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows. 
 ARTICLE ONE 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

Section 1.01.  Definitions. 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
or assumed in connection with an Asset Acquisition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and not Incurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition; provided,
however, that Indebtedness of such Person which is redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at the time of or immediately upon consummation of the transactions by which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset
Acquisition shall not be Acquired Indebtedness. 
 “Additional First Lien Obligations” has the meaning
specified in the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Additional First Lien Secured Party” means the holder
of any Additional First Lien Obligations and any Authorized Representative with respect thereto. 
 “Additional
Interest” means any additional interest on the Notes that shall be due and payable pursuant to (i) the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement or (ii) Section 6.02(c). 

“Additional Interest Notice” has the meaning provided in Section 4.21. 

“Additional Notes” means any Notes issued by the Company from time to time, in compliance with Section 2.15
and 4.03. 

 “Adjusted Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, aggregate net
income (or loss) of any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined in conformity with GAAP; provided, however, that the following items shall be excluded in computing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (without
duplication): 
 (1)  the net income (or loss) of any other Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary,
except (A) with respect to net income, to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by such other Person during such period and (B) with respect to net
losses, to the extent of the amount of Investments made by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such other Person during such period; 

(2)  solely for the purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to
clause (C) of Section 4.04(a) (and in such case, except to the extent includable pursuant to clause (1) above), the net income (or loss) of any other Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or all or substantially all of the property and assets of such other Person are acquired by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 (3)  the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) to the extent
that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of such net income is not at the time permitted by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order,
statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4)  any gains or
losses (on an after-tax basis) attributable to Asset Sales; 
 (5)  solely for purposes of calculating
the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to clause (C) of Section 4.04(a) any amount paid or accrued as dividends (other than dividends to the extent paid or payable in shares of Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of such Person) on Preferred Stock of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary owned by Persons other than such Person and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(6)  all extraordinary gains and losses; and 

(7)  any compensation expense paid or payable solely with Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such
Person or any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock). 

“Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or
under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control
with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
otherwise. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar, co-Registrar, Paying Agent, authenticating agent or agent for
service of notices and demands. 
 “Agent Members” has the meaning provided in Section 2.07(a).

 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable Redemption Date, the greater of:

 (1)  1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Note; and 

 

 2 

 (2)  the excess of: 

(a)  the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the Redemption Price of such Note at April 1,
2013 (as such Redemption Price is set forth in the table in Section 3.01(b)) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note, through April 1, 2013 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a
discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over 

(b)  the then outstanding principal amount of such Note. 

“Asset Acquisition” means: 

(1)  an investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person
shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Person’s primary business is related, ancillary or complementary to the
Company’s businesses and those of the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such investment; or 

(2)  an acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the property and assets of any Person other
than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that constitute substantially all of a division or line of business of such Person; provided, however, that the property and assets acquired are related, ancillary or complementary to the
Company’s businesses and those of the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such acquisition. 
 “Asset
Disposition” means the sale or other disposition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) of: 

(1)  all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(2)  all or substantially all of the assets that constitute a division or line of business of the Company or any
of the other Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Asset Sale” means any sale, transfer or other disposition (including
by way of merger, consolidation or sale-leaseback transaction) in one transaction or a series of related transactions by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of:

 (1)  all or any of the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2)  all or substantially all of the property and assets of an operating unit or business of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (3)  any other property and assets (other than the Capital Stock or other
Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outside the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and, in each case, that is not governed by the provisions of Article
Five; provided, however, that “Asset Sale” shall not include: 

(A)  sales or other dispositions of inventory, receivables and other current assets; 

(B)  sales, transfers or other dispositions of assets constituting a Restricted Payment permitted to be made
pursuant to Section 4.04; 
  

 3 

 (C)  sales, transfers or other dispositions of assets with a fair
market value not in excess of $10.0 million in any transaction or series of related transactions; or 

(D)  sales or other dispositions of assets for consideration at least equal to the fair market value of the
assets sold or disposed of, to the extent that the consideration received would constitute property, assets or securities of the kind described in clause (B) of Section 4.10(b). 

“Attributable Debt” means Indebtedness deemed to be Incurred in respect of a sale-leaseback transaction, which will be,
at the date of determination, the present value (discounted at the actual rate of interest implicit in such transaction, compounded semi-annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease
included in such sale-leaseback transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended). 

“Authorized Representative” means (i) in the case of any Credit Agreement Obligations or the Credit Agreement
Secured Parties, the administrative agent under the Designated Credit Agreement, (ii) in the case of the Notes Obligations or the Holders of Notes, the Trustee, and (iii) in the case of any Series of Additional First Lien Obligations or
Additional First Lien Secured Parties that become subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Authorized Representative named for such Series in the applicable joinder agreement. 

“Average Life” means, at any date of determination with respect to any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing
(1) the sum of the products of (A) the number of years from such date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness and (B) the amount of such principal payment by (2) the sum
of all such principal payments. 
 “Benefit Plan Exchange Offer” means any transaction in which the Company
acquires and/or retires Equity Plan Securities in exchange for other Equity Plan Securities. 
 “Board
Designees” means individuals designated for appointment or election or nomination for election to the Board of Directors of the Company pursuant to the Governance Agreement. 

“Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company or the Board of Directors, the Board of Managers or
other governing body of any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable. 
 “Board Resolution” means a copy of a
resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and to
be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 
 “Business Day”
means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York, or in the city of the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, are authorized by law to close. 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents
(however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in equity of such Person, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or issued thereafter, including all Common Stock and Preferred Stock. 

“Capitalized Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) of
which the discounted present value of the rental obligations of such Person as lessee, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person. 

 

 4 

 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means the discounted present value of the
rental obligations under a Capitalized Lease. 
 “Change of Control” means such time as: 

(1)  a “Person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the
Exchange Act), other than the Existing Stockholders, has become the ultimate “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Company’s Voting Stock, on a Fully
Diluted Basis; 
 (2)  individuals who on the Closing Date constitute the Board of Directors of the
Company (together with any new Directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination by such Board of Directors for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the members of such
Board of Directors then in office who either were members of such Board of Directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of such
Board of Directors then in office; 
 (3)  the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any
Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, other than any such transaction in which the holders of securities that represented 100% of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (or other
securities into which such securities are converted as part of such merger or consolidation transaction) own directly or indirectly at least a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation
transaction immediately after such transaction; 
 (4)  any direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer,
conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to
any “Person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act); 

(5)  the adoption by the Company’s stockholders of a plan or proposal for the liquidation, winding up or
dissolution of the Company; or 
 (6)  after the occurrence of a Parent Transaction, the first day on
which Parent ceases to be the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Company. 

For the purposes of clause (2) above all Board Designees shall be deemed to be members of the Board of Directors of the
Company whose election or nomination for election to such Board of Directors was approved in the manner set forth in such clause (2). 

“Closing Date” means April 9, 2010. 

“Closing Date Credit Agreement” means the credit facilities existing or authorized under the Credit Agreement, dated as
of the Closing Date, among the Company, the lenders party thereto from time to time, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands branch, as Administrative Agent, and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as Sole Bookrunner and Sole Lead Arranger. 

“Collateral” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement and any other property, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, upon which a Lien securing the Notes Obligations is granted or purported to be granted under any Collateral Agreement. 
  

 5 

 “Collateral Agent” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.,
in its capacity as collateral agent for the First Lien Secured Parties, together with its successors and permitted assigns under the Designated Credit Agreement, this Indenture and the First Lien Documents exercising substantially the same rights
and powers. 
 “Collateral Agreements” means the Security Agreement, the other First Lien Security Documents
(as defined in the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement) and each other agreement entered into in favor of the Collateral Agent for the purpose of securing any Series of First Lien Obligations. 

“Common Stock” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s equity other than Preferred Stock of such Person,
whether outstanding on the Closing Date or issued thereafter, including all series and classes of such common stock, including any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting)
thereof. 
 “Company” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor
replaces it pursuant to Article Five and thereafter means such successor. 
 “Company Order” means a
written request or order signed in the name of the Company (i) by its Chairman, a Vice Chairman, its Chief Executive Officer, its President or a Vice President and (ii) by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary and delivered to the Trustee; provided, however, that such written request or order may be signed by any two of the officers or directors listed in clause (i) above in lieu of being signed by one
of such officers or directors listed in such clause (i) and one of the officers listed in clause (ii) above. 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period and with respect to any Person, Adjusted Consolidated Net Income of such
Person for such period plus, to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income: 

(A)  Consolidated Interest Expense; 

(B)  consolidated income tax expense for such period (including state single business unitary and similar taxes
imposed in lieu of income taxes); 
 (C)  depreciation expense; 

(D)  amortization expense; and 

(E)  all other non-cash items reducing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (other than items that will require cash
payments and for which an accrual or reserve is, or is required by GAAP to be, made), less all non-cash items increasing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income; 

in each case as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period and with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount of interest
in respect of Indebtedness, including (i) amortization of original issue discount on any Indebtedness and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, calculated in accordance with the effective interest method of accounting;
(ii) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing; (iii) the net costs associated with Interest Rate Agreements; (iv) interest on Indebtedness that
is Guaranteed or secured by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (v) the interest component of rentals in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations; and (vi) dividends on Disqualified Stock, in each case that is paid, accrued
or scheduled to be paid or to be accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such 
  

 6 

 
period; excluding, however, in calculating Consolidated EBITDA, any amount of such interest of any Restricted Subsidiary if the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded in the
calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (3) of the definition thereof (but only in the same proportion as the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded from the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net
Income pursuant to clause (3) of the definition thereof), 
 in each case as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, on any Transaction
Date and with respect to any Person, the ratio of: 
 (1)  the aggregate principal amount of
Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis outstanding on such Transaction Date to: 

(2)  the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the then
most recent four fiscal quarters for which such Person’s financial statements have been filed with the SEC or provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.17 (such four fiscal quarter period being the “Four Quarter
Period”); provided, that in making the foregoing calculation: 
 (A)  pro forma effect
shall be given to any Indebtedness to be Incurred or repaid on the Transaction Date; 
 (B)  pro forma
effect shall be given to Asset Dispositions and Asset Acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any Asset Disposition) that occur from the beginning of the Four Quarter Period through the Transaction Date (the
“Reference Period”), as if they had occurred and such proceeds had been applied on the first day of such Reference Period; and 

(C)  pro forma effect shall be given to asset dispositions and asset acquisitions (including giving pro forma
effect to the application of proceeds of any asset disposition) that have been made by any Person that has become a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged with or into such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary during such Reference Period and that
would have constituted Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary as if such asset dispositions or asset acquisitions were Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions that
occurred on the first day of such Reference Period; 
 provided that to the extent that clause (B) or (C) of this
definition requires that pro forma effect be given to an Asset Acquisition or Asset Disposition, such pro forma calculation shall be based upon the four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the Transaction Date of the Person, or division or
line of business of the Person, that is acquired or disposed of for which financial information is available. For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Asset Disposition or Asset Acquisition, the pro forma
calculations shall be made in compliance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, as determined in good faith by a responsible financial officer of the Company as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate. 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Trustee shall, at
any particular time, be principally administered, which office is, at the date of this Indenture, located at 900 Ashwood Parkway, Suite 425, Atlanta, Georgia 30338, Attn: Global Corporate Trust, or such other address as the Trustee may designate
from time to time by notice to the 
  

 7 

 
Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders
and the Company). 
 “Credit Agreement Obligations” means the “Bank Obligations” as defined in the
Designated Credit Agreement. 
 “Credit Agreement Secured Parties” has the meaning specified in the First Lien
Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Credit Agreements” means (i) the Closing Date Credit Agreement and
(ii) any and all other credit agreements, vendor financings, or similar facilities or other evidences of indebtedness of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary for the Incurrence of Indebtedness, including letters of credit, bankers
acceptances and any related notes, Guarantees, collateral and security documents, indentures, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, in each case as the same may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, replaced, supplemented
or otherwise modified (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any agreement (and related document) governing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance or otherwise
replace, in whole or in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under any such Credit Agreement or a successor Credit Agreement. 

“Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or
arrangement. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an
Event of Default. 
 “Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees, and their respective
successors. 
 “Designated Credit Agreement” means the agreement designated as the “Credit Agreement”
for purposes of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, and initially shall be the Closing Date Credit Agreement. 

“Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable.

 “Disqualified Stock” means any class or series of Capital Stock of any Person that by its terms or otherwise
is: 
 (1)  required to be redeemed prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes; 

(2)  redeemable at the option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at any time prior to the
Stated Maturity of the Notes; or 
 (3)  convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock referred to
in clause (1) or (2) above or into or for Indebtedness having a scheduled maturity prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes; 

provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof
the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale,” “change of control” or similar event occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute
Disqualified Stock if the provisions relating to such “asset sale,” 
  

 8 

 
“change of control” or similar event applicable to such Capital Stock are no more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions contained in
Section 4.10 and Section 4.11 and such Capital Stock, or the agreements or instruments governing the repurchase or redemption rights thereof, specifically provide that such Person will not repurchase or redeem any such
Capital Stock pursuant to such provision prior to the Company’s repurchase of such Notes as are required to be repurchased pursuant to Section 4.10 and Section 4.11. 

“Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary other than (i) a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary or
(ii) a Subsidiary of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Equity Offering” means an offering of Common
Stock of the Company or any Parent for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements contained therein. 

“Equity Plan” means any stock option, restricted stock, stock incentive, employee stock purchase, deferred compensation,
profit sharing, defined benefit, defined contribution or other benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and the related award agreements under each such plan. 

“Equity Plan Securities” means any Capital Stock of the Company and options, warrants and other rights to acquire
Capital Stock of the Company awarded, granted, sold or issued pursuant to any Equity Plan. 
 “Excess Proceeds”
has the meaning provided in Section 4.10(b). 
 “Exchange Act” means the United States Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in exchange for the Notes issued
on the Closing Date and in exchange for any Additional Notes issued after the Closing Date, in each case pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and this Indenture. 

“Existing Indebtedness” means the Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date.

 “Existing Stockholders” means all and any of (i) the members of the WCAS Group and any Affiliates of
such members and (ii) the members of the TCP Group and any Affiliates of such members. 
 “fair market
value” means the price that would be paid in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by
the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive if evidenced by a Board Resolution. 
 “Federal Stimulus
Grant Funds” means any proceeds awarded to the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries by the United States Department of Commerce or any other Federal governmental agency pursuant to the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of
2009 or other similar legislation. 
 “Final Offering Circular” means that certain offering circular, dated
March 25, 2010, of the Company used in connection with the offering of the Notes. 
 “First Lien
Documents” means the credit, guarantee and security documents governing the First Lien Obligations, including this Indenture, the Credit Agreements and the Collateral Agreements. 

 

 9 

 “First Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means the First Lien Intercreditor
Agreement, dated the Closing Date, by and among the Company, the Subsidiary grantors named therein, the Collateral Agent, the administrative agent under the Closing Date Credit Agreement, as Authorized Representative for the Credit Agreement Secured
Parties, the Trustee, as Authorized Representative for the Holders of Notes, and each additional Authorized Representative from time to time party thereto, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in
accordance with the terms thereof. 
 “First Lien Obligations” means, collectively, (i) all Credit
Agreement Obligations, (ii) the Notes Obligations and (iii) each Series of Additional First Lien Obligations. 

“First Lien Secured Parties” means (i) the Credit Agreement Secured Parties, (ii) the holders of the Notes and
the Trustee and (iii) the Additional First Lien Secured Parties with respect to each Series of Additional First Lien Obligations. 

“First Priority Liens” means the first priority Liens securing the First Lien Obligations. 

“Foreign Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia. 
 “Four Quarter Period” has the meaning
provided in the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio. 
 “Fully Diluted Basis” means, as of any date of
determination, the sum of (x) the number of shares of Voting Stock outstanding as of such date of determination plus (y) the number of shares of Voting Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of all then-outstanding
warrants, options, convertible Capital Stock or indebtedness, exchangeable Capital Stock or indebtedness, or other rights exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into, directly or indirectly, shares of Voting Stock, whether at the time of
issue or upon the passage of time or upon the occurrence of some future event, and whether or not in the money as of such date of determination. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Closing
Date, including those set forth in (i) the “Accounting Standards Codification” of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (ii) such other statements and pronouncements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment
of the accounting profession and (iii) the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the
Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in SEC staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC. All ratios and computations contained or referred to in this Indenture shall be computed in
conformity with GAAP. 
 “Global Notes” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 

“Governance Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Governance Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2005, as amended
from time to time, among the Company and the security holders of the Company listed in the signature pages thereto. 

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any
Indebtedness of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person 

 

 10 

 (1)  to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the
purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services (unless such purchase arrangements are on
arm’s-length terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business), to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or 

(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or
to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. 

The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 

“Guarantor” means, as applicable, each Subsidiary Guarantor and any Parent required to provide a Parent Guarantee
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 “Holder” or “Noteholder” means the registered
holder of any Note. 
 “Incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue, assume,
Guarantee or otherwise become liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness, including an “Incurrence” of Acquired Indebtedness; provided, however, that
neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount shall be considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person at any date of determination (without duplication): 

(1)  the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

 (2)  the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by
bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; 
 (3)  all obligations of such Person in
respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, but excluding obligations with respect to letters of credit (including trade letters of credit) securing obligations (other than
obligations described in clause (1) or (2) above or clause (5), (6) or (7) below) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not
drawn upon or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement); 

(4)  all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, which
purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such services, except Trade Payables; 

(5)  all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; 

(6)  all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such
Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such
Indebtedness; 
 (7)  all Indebtedness of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to the extent such
Indebtedness is Guaranteed by such Person; 
  

 11 

 (8)  to the extent not otherwise included in this definition,
obligations under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements; and 
 (9)  the maximum fixed
redemption or repurchase price of Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends, of such Person at the time of determination. 

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as
described above and, with respect to contingent obligations as described above, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness
issued with original issue discount is the face amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at the time of its issuance as determined in conformity with GAAP. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following will not constitute Indebtedness: 

(A)  any obligation in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’
acceptances, security or performance cash deposits, performance bonds, completion bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds and surety bonds or other similar bonds or obligations, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business, and any Guarantees or
letters of credit functioning as or supporting any of the foregoing; 
 (B)  any obligation consisting
of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(C)  cash management or similar treasury or custodial arrangements; 

(D)  any indebtedness that has been defeased in accordance with GAAP or defeased pursuant to the deposit of cash
or cash equivalents (in an amount sufficient to satisfy all obligations relating thereto at maturity or redemption, as applicable, including all payments of interest and premium, if any) in a trust or account created or pledged for the sole benefit
of the holders of such indebtedness, and subject to no other Liens, and in accordance with the other applicable terms of the instrument governing such indebtedness; 

(E)  any obligation arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution or a check, draft or
similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such obligation is extinguished within five Business Days after its incurrence; 

(F)  money borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to prefund the
payment of the interest on such Indebtedness, so long as such money is held to secure the payment of such interest; and 

(G)  any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes. 

“Indemnified Party” has the meaning provided in Section 7.07. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture as originally executed or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time by one
or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  

 12 

 “Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” has the meaning specified in the
First Lien Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an
“accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(l), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 

“Interest Payment Date” means each semi-annual interest payment date on April 1 and October 1 of each year,
commencing on October 1, 2010. 
 “Interest Rate Agreement” means any interest rate protection agreement,
interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement, option or future contract or other similar agreement or
arrangement. 
 “Investment” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of
credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement but excluding advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable on the Company’s balance sheet or those of
any Restricted Subsidiary) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds,
notes, debentures or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and shall include: 
 (1)  the
designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 
 (2)  the fair market value
of the Capital Stock (or any other Investment) held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, of (or in) any Person that has ceased to be a Restricted Subsidiary, including by reason of any transaction permitted by clause (3) of
Section 4.06; provided that the fair market value of the Investment remaining in any Person that has ceased to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall not exceed the aggregate amount of Investments previously made in such Person valued
at the time such Investments were made less the net reduction of such Investments. 
 For purposes of the definition of
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04: 
 (1)  “Investment”
shall include the fair market value of the assets (net of liabilities (other than liabilities to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary)) of any Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted
Subsidiary; 
 (2)  the fair market value of the assets (net of liabilities (other than liabilities to
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary)) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary shall be considered a reduction in outstanding Investments; and 

(3)  any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at
the time of such transfer. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the
equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, in each case, with a stable or better outlook; provided that a change in outlook shall not by itself cause the Company to lose its Investment Grade Rating. 

 

 13 

 “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or
charge of any kind (including, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof or any agreement to give any security interest). 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service Inc. and its successors. 

“Net Cash Proceeds” means, 

(1)  with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents,
including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations are
financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) and proceeds from the conversion of other property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of 

(A)  brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel, accountants,
consultants and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale, 
 (B)  provisions for all taxes
(whether or not such taxes will actually be paid or are payable) as a result of such Asset Sale without regard to the consolidated results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, 

(C)  payments made to repay Senior Indebtedness (other than First Lien Obligations) or any other obligation
outstanding at the time of such Asset Sale that either (i) is secured by a Lien on the property or assets sold or (ii) is required to be paid as a result of such sale, and 

(D)  appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve against any
liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including pension and other post employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as
determined in conformity with GAAP; and 
 (2)  with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock,
the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the
form of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) and proceeds from the conversion of other property received when converted to cash or cash
equivalents, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or initial purchasers’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of
taxes paid or payable as a result thereof. 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a “U.S.
person,” as defined in Regulation S. 
 “Notes” means any of the securities, as defined in the first
paragraph of the recitals hereof, that are authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall include the Notes initially issued on the Closing Date and any other Notes, including
Exchange Notes and Additional Notes, in each case issued after the Closing Date under this Indenture. For purposes of this Indenture, all Notes shall vote together as one series of Notes under this Indenture. 

 

 14 

 “Notes Obligations” means Obligations in respect of the Notes, the
Subsidiary Guarantees any Parent Guarantee or this Indenture. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest
(including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under
applicable state, Federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and
guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Obligor” means a Person obligated as an issuer or guarantor of the Notes. 

“Offer to Purchase” means, except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of Section 4.10(c), an offer to
purchase Notes by the Company from the Holders commenced by mailing a notice to the Trustee and each Holder stating: 

(1)  the covenant pursuant to which the offer is being made and that all Notes validly tendered will be accepted
for payment on a pro rata basis; 
 (2)  the purchase price and the date of purchase (which shall be a
Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Payment Date”); 

(3)  that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest pursuant to its terms; 

(4)  that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price, any Note accepted for payment
pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Payment Date; 

(5)  that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to
surrender the Note, together with the form entitled “Option of the Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse side of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the
Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date; 
 (6)  that Holders will be entitled to withdraw
their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal
amount of Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased; 

(7)  that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal
amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided, however, that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; and

 (8)  in the event of an Offer to Purchase as a result of the occurrence of a Change of Control
exclusively, the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control, including information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization, after giving effect to such Change of Control. 

 

 15 

 On the Payment Date, the Company shall: 

(A)  accept for payment on a pro rata basis Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase;

 (B)  deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Notes or
portions thereof so accepted; and 
 (C)  deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee all Notes
or portions thereof so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment by the Company. 

The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to the Holders of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price, and the
Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holders a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided, however, that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a
principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of an Offer to Purchase as soon as practicable after the Payment Date. The Trustee shall act as the Paying Agent for an
Offer to Purchase. The Company will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable, in the event that the Company is required to
repurchase Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, (i) the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President or the Chief Financial Officer, and (ii) the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or any
Assistant Secretary. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by one Officer listed in
clause (i) of the definition thereof and one Officer listed in clause (ii) of the definition thereof or two Officers listed in clause (i) of the definition thereof. Each Officers’ Certificate (other than
certificates provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall include the statements provided for in Section 13.04. 

“Offshore Global Note” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 

“Offshore Physical Note” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the
Company, or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, that meets the requirements of Section 13.04. 

“Parent” means any Person that as a result of and after a Parent Transaction is the “beneficial owner” (as
defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Company. 
 “Parent
Guarantee” means a Guarantee on the terms set forth in this Indenture by any Parent of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes. 

“Parent Transaction” means a transaction, whether by merger, contribution, capitalization or otherwise, pursuant to
which the Company becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of any Parent; provided that (i) all of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (other than any Restricted Subsidiary participating in such
transaction that ceases to exist upon the consummation of such transaction) shall remain Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company immediately after such transaction and (ii) the “beneficial owners” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act) of the Capital Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction shall be the “beneficial owners” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of the Capital Stock of any Parent in substantially the same
proportion immediately after such transaction. 
  

 16 

 “Paying Agent” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04, except
that, for the purposes of Article Eight, the Paying Agent shall not be the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of any of them. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent. 

“Payment Date” has the meaning provided in the definition of Offer to Purchase. 

“Permitted Investment” means 

(1)  an Investment in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or a Person which will, upon the
making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary or be merged or consolidated with or into, or transfer or convey all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such
Person’s primary business is related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Investment; 

(2)  Temporary Cash Investments; 

(3)  payroll, travel, moving and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such
advances ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP; 
 (4)  Capital Stock,
obligations or securities received in settlement of Indebtedness or other obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business, upon foreclosure of a Lien created in the ordinary course of business or in satisfaction of litigation, arbitration or
other disputes, including in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding; 
 (5)  Investments in prepaid
expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits; 

(6)  Interest Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements meeting the requirements specified in clause
(4)(A) of Section 4.03(b); 
 (7)  loans or advances to the Company’s
officers or employees or those of any Restricted Subsidiary that do not in the aggregate exceed $1.0 million at any time outstanding; 

(8)  any receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made in compliance with
Section 4.10; 
 (9)  any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to a
legally binding commitment in existence on the Closing Date; and 
 (10)  any Investment in a
Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such
Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 

(1)  (A)  Other than during a Suspension Period only, Liens securing an aggregate principal amount of
Senior Indebtedness not to exceed the greater of (x) the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Senior Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (1)

 

 17 

 
of Section 4.03(b) and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued on the Closing Date and (y) the maximum principal amount of Indebtedness that, after giving effect
to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom, would not cause the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Company to exceed 3.25:1.0, and Liens securing other obligations under the documents governing such
Senior Indebtedness not constituting Indebtedness and (B) during a Suspension Period only, (i) Liens securing Indebtedness in an amount that does not exceed 5% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding and (ii) Liens securing the
Notes Obligations (to the extent the Company has not elected to release such Liens); 
 (2)  Liens for
taxes, assessments, governmental charges or claims that are being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be
required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; 
 (3)  statutory and common law Liens of
landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate legal
proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; 

(4)  Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’
compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security; 
 (5)  Liens incurred or
deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers’ acceptances, surety, performance and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations
of a similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money); 

(6)  easements, rights-of-way, municipal and zoning ordinances and similar charges, encumbrances, title defects
or other irregularities that do not materially interfere with the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 

(7)  Liens (including extensions and renewals thereof) upon real or personal property acquired after the Closing
Date, provided, however, that 
 (A)  such Lien is created solely for the purpose of
securing (i) Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 or (ii) any Federal Stimulus Grant Funds, in each case to finance the cost (including the cost of design, development, acquisition, construction, installation,
improvement, transportation or integration and all transaction costs related to the foregoing) of the item of property or assets subject thereto and such Lien is created prior to, at the time of or within 180 days after the latest of the
acquisition, the completion of construction or the commencement of full operation of such property, 

(B)  the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed 100% of such cost, and

 (C)  any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any property or assets other than such item of
property or assets and any improvements on such item; 
  

 18 

 (8)  licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to others
that do not materially interfere with the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 

(9)  Liens encumbering property or assets under construction arising from progress or partial payments by a
customer of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries relating to such property or assets; 

(10)  any interest or title of a lessor in the property subject to any Capitalized Lease or operating lease;

 (11)  Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases;

 (12)  Liens on property of, or on shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, any Person existing at
the time such Person becomes, or becomes a part of, any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or
assets acquired; 
 (13)  Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(14)  Liens arising from the rendering of a judgment or order against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
that does not give rise to an Event of Default; 
 (15)  Liens securing reimbursement obligations with
respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; 

(16)  Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs
duties in connection with the importation of goods; 
 (17)  Liens securing Indebtedness under Interest
Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements meeting the requirements specified in clause (4)(A) of Section 4.03(b); 

(18)  Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale
of goods entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 

(19)  Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of
“Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; 

(20)  Liens existing on the Closing Date (other than Liens securing First Lien Obligations); 

(21)  Liens securing Indebtedness which is Incurred to refinance Secured Indebtedness which is permitted to be
Incurred under clause (3) or (7) of Section 4.03(b); provided, however, that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the
property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and 
 (22)  Liens securing Indebtedness
or other Obligations in a maximum aggregate amount of $3.0 million outstanding at any time. 
  

 19 

 “Permitted Payments to Parent” means (i) for so long as the Company is
a member of a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with any Parent, payments to any Parent in respect of an allocable portion of the tax liabilities of such group that is attributable to the Company and its Subsidiaries (“Tax
Payments”) and (ii) any general administrative expenses incurred by any Parent (including administrative expenses incurred in connection with the operation of any Parent, the filing of required documents pursuant to the Exchange Act
and the offering of the Notes). The Tax Payments shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the amount of the relevant tax (including any penalties and interest) that the Company would owe if the Company were filing a separate tax return (or a separate
consolidated or combined return with its Subsidiaries that are members of the consolidated or combined group), taking into account any carryovers and carrybacks of tax attributes (such as net operating losses) of the Company and such Subsidiaries
from other taxable years and (y) the net amount of the relevant tax that any Parent actually owes to the appropriate taxing authority. Any Tax Payments received from the Company shall be paid over to the appropriate taxing authority within 30
days of any Parent’s receipt of such Tax Payments or refunded to the Company. 
 “Person” means an
individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof. 

“Physical Notes” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 

“Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock issued by such Person that is entitled to preference
or priority over one or more series or classes of other Capital Stock issued by such Person upon any distribution of such Person’s property and assets, whether by dividend or upon liquidation. 

“principal” of a debt security, including the Notes, means the principal amount due on the Stated Maturity as shown on
such debt security. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend initially set forth on the Notes in the form
set forth in Section 2.02. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in
Rule 144A. 
 “Qualified Receivables Financing” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary
that meets the following conditions: 
 (1)  the Board of Directors of the Company shall have
determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and such Receivables Subsidiary;

 (2)  all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to such Receivables Subsidiary are made at
fair market value; and 
 (3)  the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions
thereof are at market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. 

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a
Receivables Subsidiary) to secure First Lien Obligations shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing. 

“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the
Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company) which shall be substituted for Moody’s
or S&P or both, as the case may be. 
  

 20 

 “Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by
means of discounts with respect to any participation interests issued or sold in connection with, and all other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing. 

“Receivables Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (i) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and (ii) any other
Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto,
including all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in
respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Interest Rate Agreements entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with
such accounts receivable. 
 “Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of
receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any
asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by, or any other event relating to, such seller. 

“Receivables Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person formed for the
purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with the Company in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers accounts receivable and related
assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of the Company and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto,
and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and: 

(a)  no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is
guaranteed by the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of and interest on Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates
the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly,
contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; 

(b)  with which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract,
agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the
Company; and 
  

 21 

 (c)  to which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the
Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or cause such Person to achieve certain levels of operating results. 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a copy of the
Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. 

“Redemption Date” means, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or
pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Redemption Price” means, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, the
price at which such Note is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Reference Period” has the meaning
provided in the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio. 
 “Registrar” has the meaning provided in
Section 2.04. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means, (i) with respect to the Notes issued
on the Closing Date, the Registration Rights Agreement, dated the Closing Date, by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors parties thereto and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and (ii) with respect to each issuance of Additional
Notes issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, the registration rights agreement, if any, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors parties thereto and the initial purchasers under the related
purchase agreement, in each case as the same may be amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 

“Registration Statement” means a Registration Statement as defined and described in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 “Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the March 15 or
September 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 

“Reinstatement Date” has the meaning provided in Section 4.22(b). 

“Related Business” has the meaning provided in Section 4.10(b)(B). 

“Related Person” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly owning: 

(1)  10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock of such Person (or, in the case of a Person that is not a
corporation, 10% or more of the outstanding equity interest in such Person), or 
 (2)  10% or more of
the combined outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of such Person, and all Affiliates of any such other Person. 

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer of the Trustee with direct
responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular
subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
  

 22 

 “Restricted Payments” has the meaning provided in
Section 4.04(a). 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any of the Company’s Subsidiaries other than
an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 

“Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio” means, on any Transaction Date and with respect to any Person, the ratio of:

 (1)  the aggregate principal amount of Secured Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis outstanding on such Transaction Date to: 
 (2)  the aggregate
amount of Consolidated EBITDA for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the then most recent Four Quarter Period; 
 and otherwise
calculated in accordance with the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio. 
 “Securities Act” means the
United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 “Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement, dated
as of the Closing Date, by and among the Company, the grantors named therein, the Collateral Agent, the administrative agent under the Closing Date Credit Agreement, as Authorized Representative for the lenders under the Credit Agreement
Obligations, and the Trustee, as Authorized Representative for the Holders of Notes, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 

“Security Register” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04. 

“Senior Indebtedness” means: 

(1)  with respect to the Company, the Notes and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right
of payment with the Notes; and 
 (2)  with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor, its Subsidiary
Guarantee and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment with such Subsidiary Guarantee. 

“Series” means (i) with respect to the First Lien Secured Parties, each of (a) the Credit Agreement Secured
Parties (in their capacities as such), (b) the Holders of Notes and the Trustee (each in their capacity as such) and (c) the Additional First Lien Secured Parties that become subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement after the date
hereof that are represented by a common Authorized Representative (in its capacity as such for such Additional First Lien Secured Parties), and (ii) with respect to any First Lien Obligations, each of (a) the Credit Agreement Obligations,
(b) the Notes Obligations and (c) the Additional First Lien Obligations Incurred pursuant to any applicable agreement, which pursuant to any joinder agreement are to be represented under the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement by a common
Authorized Representative (in its capacity as such for such Additional First Lien Obligations). 
  

 23 

 “Significant Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any
Restricted Subsidiary that, together with its Subsidiaries, 
 (1)  for the Company’s most recent
fiscal year, accounted for more than 10% of the consolidated revenue of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(2)  as of the end of such fiscal year, was the owner of more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all as set forth on the most recently available consolidated financial statements of the Company for such fiscal year. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, and its
successors. 
 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities
and guarantees of performance entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing, including those relating to the servicing of the assets of a
Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking. 

“Stated Maturity” means, 

(1)  with respect to the Notes or other Indebtedness, the date specified in such Notes or other Indebtedness as
the fixed date on which the final installment of principal of such Notes or other Indebtedness is due and payable; and 

(2)  with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any Notes or other Indebtedness,
the date specified in such Notes or other Indebtedness as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than
50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person and/or one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person. 

“Subsidiary Guarantee” means a Guarantee on the terms set forth in this Indenture by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the
Company’s obligations under the Notes. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company and any other Person that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.19(a); provided, however, that the following Subsidiaries shall not be Subsidiary Guarantors: 

(1)  Subsidiaries, other than Subsidiaries existing as of the Closing Date, for which proper regulatory
approvals for the incurrence of obligations under Subsidiary Guarantees have not been or cannot be obtained or which otherwise under applicable law may not incur obligations under Subsidiary Guarantees; 

(2)  at the Company’s option, Subsidiaries, in the aggregate, whose assets are, at any date of
determination, less than 5% of the consolidated assets of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as shown on the then most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company; and 

(3)  any Receivables Subsidiary. 

“Suspended Covenants” has the meaning provided in Section 4.22(a). 

 

 24 

 “Suspension Date” has the meaning provided in Section 4.22(a).

 “Suspension Period” has the meaning provided in Section 4.22(b). 

“Tax Payments” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Permitted Payments to Parent. 

“TCP Group” means, collectively, (i) Tennenbaum Capital Partners, LLC (“TCP”), (ii) investment funds
advised or managed by TCP, including Special Value Continuation Partners, L.P., Special Value Absolute Return Fund, LLC and Tennenbaum Opportunities Partners V, LP, and (iii) each of the Persons that executes the Governance Agreement as a
“TCP Securityholder.” 
 “Temporary Cash Investment” means any of the following: 

(1)  direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or obligations fully and
unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency thereof; 
 (2)  time deposit
accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing within one year of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any
foreign country recognized by the United States of America, and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $500 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding debt which
is rated “A” (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act); 

(3)  repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types
described in clause (1) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (2) above; 

(4)   commercial paper, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation
(other than an Affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America with a rating at the time as of which any
Investment therein is made of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-1” (or higher) according to S&P; 

(5)  securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully and
unconditionally guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A” by S&P or Moody’s; 

(6)  corporate debt securities with maturities of eighteen months or less from the date of acquisition and with
a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “A3” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A–” (or higher) according to S&P; 

(7)  securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of
credit issued by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $500 million; and 

 

 25 

 (8)  money market funds sponsored by a registered broker-dealer or
mutual fund distributor at least 95% of the assets of which are invested in the instruments and securities described in clauses (1) through (7) above. 

“TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the date this Indenture was executed, except as provided in Section 9.06; provided, however, that, in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date,
“Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended. 

“Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most
recent balance sheet of the Company. 
 “Trade Payables” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts
payable or any other indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.

 “Transaction Date” means, with respect to the Incurrence of any Indebtedness, the date such Indebtedness is
to be Incurred and, with respect to any Restricted Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is to be made. 
 “Treasury
Rate” means, as of the applicable Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical
Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to
the period from such Redemption Date to April 1, 2013; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to April 1, 2013 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a
weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except
that if the period from the Redemption Date to April 1, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in
accordance with the provisions of Article Seven and thereafter means such successor. 
 “United States Bankruptcy
Code” means the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended and as codified in Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time hereafter, or any successor Federal bankruptcy law. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1)  any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted
Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and 
 (2)  any
Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  

 26 

 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary (including any
newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) of the Company to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any of the Capital Stock of the Company or owns or holds any Lien on any property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company; provided, however, that 
 (A)  any Guarantee by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary being so designated shall be deemed an “Incurrence” of such Indebtedness and an “Investment” by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such
designation; 
 (B)  either (i) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or
less or (ii) if such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04; and 

(C)  if applicable, the Incurrence of Indebtedness and the Investment referred to in
clause (A) of this proviso would be permitted under Section 4.03 and Section 4.04. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that 
 (i)  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such designation; and 
 (ii)  all Liens and
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately after such designation would, if Incurred at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred (and shall be deemed to have been Incurred) for all purposes of this Indenture.

 Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of
the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 

“U.S. Global Note” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America for
the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed
as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and shall also include a
depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of
the holder of a depository receipt; provided, however, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by
the custodian in respect of such U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of such U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt. 

“U.S. Physical Notes” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 

“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote
for the election of directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person. 
  

 27 

 “WCAS Group” means, collectively, (i) Welsh, Carson,
Anderson & Stowe VIII, L.P., WCAS VIII Associates, L.L.C., WCAS Capital Partners III, L.P. and WCAS CP III Associates, L.L.C., (ii) investment funds managed or advised by any of the Persons referred to in clause (i) above or any
of the Affiliates of such Persons and (iii) each of the trusts and other Persons that executes the Governance Agreement as a “WCAS Securityholder.” 

“Wholly Owned” means, with respect to any Subsidiary of any Person, the ownership of all of the outstanding Capital
Stock of such Subsidiary (other than any director’s qualifying shares or Investments by foreign nationals mandated by applicable law) by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or any combination thereof. 

Section 1.02.  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.  Whenever this Indenture refers to a
provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes; 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder or a Noteholder; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

all other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by a rule
of the SEC and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein. 
 Section 1.03.  Rules of
Construction.  Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1)  a term has the meaning
assigned to it; 
 (2)  an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP; 
 (3)  “or” is not exclusive; 

(4)  “including” means including without limitation; 

(5)  words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; 

(6)  “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole
and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; 
 (7)  all references to Sections or
Articles and other subdivisions refer to Sections or Articles and other subdivisions of this Indenture unless otherwise indicated; 

(8)  all references in this Indenture or the Notes, in any context, to any interest payable on or with respect
to the Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or Section 6.02(c); 

(9)  unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely by
virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness; 
 (10)  secured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be
subordinate or junior to any other secured Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral; 
  

 28 

 (11)  the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other
discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer thereof dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; and 

(12)  the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (A) the maximum liquidation value of such
Preferred Stock or (B) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater. 

ARTICLE TWO 

THE NOTES 

Section 2.01.  Form and Dating.  The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be
substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements
required by law, stock exchange agreements to which the Company is subject or usage. The Company shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 The terms and provisions contained in the form of the Notes annexed hereto as Exhibit A shall constitute, and are
hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture. To the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. 

Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in registered
form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (collectively, the “U.S. Global Notes”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee
as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the U.S. Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter
provided. 
 Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of one or
more permanent global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Offshore Global Notes”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and
authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Offshore Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or
its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
 The initial offer and resale of the Notes shall not be to an Institutional Accredited
Investor. Notes resold to Institutional Accredited Investors shall be issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “U.S. Physical Notes”). Notes
issued pursuant to Section 2.07 in exchange for interests in the Offshore Global Note shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Offshore
Physical Notes”). 
 The Offshore Physical Notes and U.S. Physical Notes are sometimes collectively herein referred to
as the “Physical Notes.” The U.S. Global Notes and the Offshore Global Notes are sometimes referred to herein as the “Global Notes.” 

 

 29 

 The definitive Notes shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any
combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, all as determined by the Officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such
Notes. 
 Section 2.02.  Restrictive Legends.  Except as set forth in Section 2.08(e),
unless and until a Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note or sold in connection with an effective Registration Statement pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, (i) each U.S. Global Note and each U.S. Physical Note shall bear the
following legend (the “Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof and (ii) each Offshore Physical Note and each Offshore Global Note shall bear the Private Placement Legend on the face thereof until at least the 41st day
after the Closing Date and receipt by the Company and the Trustee of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto: 

“THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF
THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTORS THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES OR AFFILIATES, (II) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF
RULE 144A, (III) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THE NOTES AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN
RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE) OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (VI) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF
THE UNITED STATES, AND THAT (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.” 

 

 30 

 Each Global Note, whether or not an Exchange Note, shall also bear the following legend on
the face thereof: 
 “THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES
DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE
REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY
PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED
TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.08 OF THE INDENTURE.” 
 Section 2.03.  Execution, Authentication and
Denominations.  Subject to Article Four and applicable law, the aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Notes shall be executed by an Officer of the
Company. The signature of the Officer on the Notes may be by facsimile or manual signature in the name and on behalf of the Company. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee or authenticating agent authenticates the
Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent manually
signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 

At any time and from time to time after the execution of this Indenture, the Trustee or an authenticating agent shall upon receipt of a
Company Order authenticate for original issue Global Notes in the aggregate principal amount specified in such Company Order; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of
the Company in connection with such authentication of Notes. Such Company Order shall specify the amount of Global Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and, in case of an issuance of
Notes pursuant to Section 2.15, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Article Four. 
  

 31 

 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent to authenticate Notes. An authenticating
agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such authenticating agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with
the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 
 The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in
denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 Section 2.04.  Registrar and
Paying Agent.  The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”), an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment
(the “Paying Agent”) and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served, which shall be in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Company
shall cause the Registrar to keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Security Register”). The Security Register shall be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form
within a reasonable time. The Company may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. 
 The
Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the
Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent and any change in the address of such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent and/or agent for service of notices and demands, the Trustee shall act as such Registrar,
Paying Agent and/or agent for service of notices and demands. The Company may remove any Agent upon written notice to such Agent and the Trustee; provided that no such removal shall become effective until (i) the acceptance of an
appointment by a successor Agent to such Agent as evidenced by an appropriate agency agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Agent and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as
such Agent until the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with clause (i) of this proviso. The Company or any Affiliate of the Company may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar, and/or agent for service of notice and
demands. 
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent, and agent for service of notice and demands.
The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the
Company shall furnish to the Trustee as of each Regular Record Date and at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request the names and addresses of Holders as they appear in the Security Register, including the aggregate principal amount of
Notes held by each Holder. At the option of the Company, payment of principal and interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Holders as such address appears in the Security Register. 

Section 2.05.  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.  Not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each
due date of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on any Notes, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and interest so becoming due. The
Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes), and such Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Trustee of any default by the Company (or any other obligor on the Notes) in
making any such payment. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment default, upon written

  

 32 

 
request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent shall have no further
liability for the money so paid over to the Trustee. If the Company or any Affiliate of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, segregate and hold in a
separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders a sum of money sufficient to pay such principal of, premium, if any, or interest so becoming due until such sum of money shall be paid to such Holders or otherwise disposed of as provided in this
Indenture, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure to act. 
 Section 2.06.  Transfer and
Exchange.  A Holder may transfer a Note only by written application to the Registrar stating the name of the proposed transferee and otherwise complying with the terms of this Indenture. No such registration of transfer shall be
effected until, and such transferee shall succeed to the rights of a Holder only upon, final acceptance and registration of the transfer by the Registrar in the Security Register. Prior to the registration of any transfer by a Holder as provided
herein, the Company, the Trustee, and any agent of the Company shall treat the person in whose name the Note is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes whether or not the Note shall be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee, nor any
such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. Furthermore, any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book entry
system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. When Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request
to register the transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations (including an exchange of Notes for Exchange Notes), the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if
its requirements for such transactions are met (including that such Notes are duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee and Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or by an attorney
who is authorized in writing to act on behalf of the Holder); provided that no exchanges of Notes for Exchange Notes shall occur until a Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the SEC and that any Notes that are
exchanged for Exchange Notes shall be cancelled by the Trustee. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made
for any registration of transfer or exchange or redemption of the Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer
taxes or other similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Section 2.11, 3.08 or 9.04). 

The Registrar shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note during a period beginning at the
opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes selected for redemption under Section 3.03 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer
of or exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

Section 2.07.  Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.  (a)  The U.S. Global Note and Offshore
Global Note initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as set forth
in Section 2.02. 
 Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no
rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company
or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the 

 

 33 

 
Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary
and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note. 

None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or any Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the
Depositary’s records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in a Global Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of the Depositary’s records relating to such beneficial ownership interests,
or for transfers of beneficial interests in the Notes or any transactions between the Depositary and beneficial owners. 

(b)  Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary,
its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may be transferred in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.08. In addition, U.S. Physical
Notes and Offshore Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in the U.S. Global Note or the Offshore Global Note, respectively, (i)(A) if the Depositary notifies the Company that it is
unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the U.S. Global Note or the Offshore Global Note, as the case may be, and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, or (B) the Depositary has ceased
to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of U.S. Physical Notes and Offshore Physical Notes, (iii) if an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request therefor from the Depositary or (iv) in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.08. 

(c)  Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an
interest in the other Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions, if any, and other
procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. 

(d)  In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interests in the U.S. Global Note or Offshore Global Note
to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.07, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Note or Offshore Global Note in an
amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note or Offshore Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more U.S. Physical Notes or
Offshore Physical Notes, as the case may be, of like tenor and amount. 
 (e)  In connection with the transfer of the
entire U.S. Global Note or Offshore Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.07, the U.S. Global Note or Offshore Global Note, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be surrendered to the
Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note or
Offshore Global Note, as the case may be, an equal aggregate principal amount of U.S. Physical Notes or Offshore Physical Notes, as the case may be, of authorized denominations. 

(f)  Any U.S. Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the U.S. Global Note pursuant to paragraph
(b), (d) or (e) of this Section 2.07 shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraph (e) of Section 2.08, bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the U.S.
Physical Note set forth in Section 2.02. 
  

 34 

 (g)  Any Offshore Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the
Offshore Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b), (d) or (e) of this Section 2.07 shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraph (e) of Section 2.08, bear the legend regarding
transfer restrictions applicable to the Offshore Physical Note set forth in Section 2.02. 
 (h)  The
registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or
the Notes. 
 Section 2.08.  Special Transfer Provisions.  Unless and until a Note is exchanged for
an Exchange Note or sold in connection with an effective Registration Statement pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the following provisions shall apply: 

(a)  Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors.  The following provisions shall
apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons): 

(i)  The Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement
Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the time period referred to in the second sentence of Rule 144(b)(1)(i) under the Securities Act or (y) the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar (A) a certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto and (B) if the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time of transfer is less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in compliance with
the Securities Act. 
 (ii)  If the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial
interest in the U.S. Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents, if any, required by clause (i) and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the
Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note to be transferred, and the
Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more U.S. Physical Notes of like tenor and amount. 

(b)  Transfers to QIBs.  The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration
of any proposed transfer of a U.S. Physical Note or an interest in the U.S. Global Note to a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons): 

(i)  If the Note to be transferred consists of (x) U.S. Physical Notes, the Registrar shall register the
transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the form of Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the
provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the form of Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account
with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received
such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption
from registration provided by Rule 144A or (y) an interest in the U.S. Global Note, the transfer of such interest may be effected only through the book entry system maintained by the Depositary. 

 

 35 

 (ii)  If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Note
to be transferred consists of U.S. Physical Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of the documents referred to in clause (i) and instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the
Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the U.S. Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the
U.S. Physical Note so transferred. 
 (c)  Transfers of Interests in the Offshore Global Note or
Offshore Physical Notes.  The following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer of interests in the Offshore Global Note or Offshore Physical Notes: 

(i)  prior to the removal of the Private Placement Legend from an Offshore Global Note or Offshore Physical
Note, the Registrar shall refuse to register such transfer unless such transfer complies with Section 2.08(b) or Section 2.08(d), as the case may be; and 

(ii)  after such removal, the Registrar shall register the transfer of any such Note without requiring any
additional certification. 
 (d)  Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons at Any Time.  The
following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer of a Note to a Non-U.S. Person: 

(i)  Prior to the 41st day after the closing date of the initial issuance and sale of such Note, the Registrar
shall register any proposed transfer of a Note to a Non-U.S. Person upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto from the proposed transferor. 

(ii)  On and after the 41st day after the closing date of the initial issuance and sale of such Note, the
Registrar shall register any proposed transfer to any Non-U.S. Person if the Note to be transferred is a U.S. Physical Note or an interest in the U.S. Global Note, upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C from
the proposed transferor. 
 (iii)  (a)  If the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding
a beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents, if any, required by clause (ii) and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s
procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note to be
transferred, and (b) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and
records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Offshore Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the U.S. Physical Notes or the U.S. Global Note, as the case may be, to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel
the Physical Note, if any, so transferred or decrease the amount of the U.S. Global Note. 
  

 36 

 (e)  Private Placement Legend.  Upon the
registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes
bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless either (i) the circumstances contemplated by paragraph (a)(i)(x) or (d)(ii) of this
Section 2.08 exist or (ii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related transfer restrictions are required in
order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. 

(f)  General.  By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder
of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. The Registrar shall not register a
transfer of any Note unless such transfer complies with the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture. In connection with any transfer of Notes, each Holder agrees by its acceptance of the Notes to furnish the Registrar or
the Company such certifications, legal opinions or other information as either of them may reasonably require to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements
of the Securities Act; provided that the Registrar shall not be required to determine (but may rely on a determination made by the Company with respect to) the sufficiency of any such certifications, legal opinions or other information.

 The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to
Section 2.07 or this Section 2.08. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice
to the Registrar. 
 The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any
restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note)
other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial
compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 Section 2.09.  Replacement Notes.  If
a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected
purchaser, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding; provided that the requirements of this
Section 2.09 are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be furnished that is sufficient in the judgment of both the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss
that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge such Holder for its expenses and the expenses of the Trustee in replacing a Note. In case any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about
to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. 

The provisions of this Section 2.09 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies
against the Company and the Trustee with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or wrongfully taken Notes. 
  

 37 

 Section 2.10.  Outstanding Notes.  Notes outstanding at any time
are all Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.10 as not outstanding. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.09, it ceases to be outstanding unless and until the Trustee and the Company
receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than
the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds on a maturity date or Redemption Date money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue.

 A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its Affiliates holds such Note, provided,
however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any other
obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor (other than, subject to and to the extent permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, Notes owned by the TCP Group for so long as, as of any date of determination, the TCP
Group is the “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of not more than 30% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company) shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in determining
whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee has actual knowledge to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have
been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon
the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor. 
 Section 2.11.  Temporary
Notes.  Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and execute and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have
insertions, substitutions, omissions and other variations determined to be appropriate by the Officers executing the temporary Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Company will cause
definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company
designated for such purpose pursuant to Section 4.02, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange
therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes. 

Section 2.12.  Cancellation.  The Company at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes
previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold.
The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee (and no one else) shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange,
payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of them in accordance with its normal procedure. 
 Section
2.13.  CUSIP Numbers.  The Company in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” number (if then generally in use), and the Company and the Trustee shall use such “CUSIP” number in notices of redemption or
exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice shall state 
  

 38 

 
that no representation is made as to the correctness of such CUSIP number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange and that reliance may be placed
only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes; and provided further that failure to use CUSIP numbers in any notice of redemption or exchange shall not affect the validity or sufficiency of such notice. The Company
shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in “CUSIP” number for the Notes. 
 Section
2.14.  Defaulted Interest.  If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay, or shall deposit with the Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay, the defaulted
interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. A special record date, as used in this Section 2.14 with respect to the payment of
any defaulted interest, shall mean the 15th day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of defaulted interest, whether or not such day is a Business Day. At least 15 days before the subsequent special record date, the Company
shall mail to each Holder and to the Trustee a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 

Section 2.15.  Issuance of Additional Notes.  The Company may, subject to compliance with Article Four,
issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have terms identical to the terms of the Notes issued on the Closing Date, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price (including amount of interest deemed to have accrued
since the last Interest Payment Date), and amount of interest payable upon a registration default as provided under a Registration Rights Agreement related thereto. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Exchange
Notes issued in exchange for the Notes issue on the Closing Date, any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for any Additional Notes issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any Additional Notes issued
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act have the same CUSIP numbers. 
 With respect to any
Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of its Board of Directors (or a duly appointed committee thereof) and in an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following
information: 
 (1)  the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding immediately prior to the
issuance of such Additional Notes; 
 (2)  the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to
be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 
 (3)  the issue price and the issue date
of such Additional Notes (including the amount of interest deemed to have accrued since the last Interest Payment Date); and 

(4)  whether such Additional Notes shall be restricted securities and bear the Private Placement Legend or any
other legend pursuant to Section 2.02 or shall be registered securities and bear no such legend. 
 ARTICLE THREE

 REDEMPTION 

Section 3.01.  Right of Redemption.  (a)  Prior to April 1, 2013, the Company may, at its
option, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, redeem any of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s last address as it

  

 39 

 
appears in the Security Register, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but
excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. In addition, during any 12-month period prior to April 1,
2013, the Company may, at its option, at any time and from time to time, redeem up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s
last address as it appears in the Security Register, at a Redemption Price equal to 103% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date. 

(b)  The Notes are redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, on or after
April 1, 2013 and prior to maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s last address as it appears in the Security Register, at the following Redemption Prices
(expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption
Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on April 1 of the following years: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2013
	  	105.250	% 
	 2014
	  	102.625	% 
	 2015 and thereafter
	  	100.000	% 

(c)  In addition, prior to April 1, 2013, the Company may, at its option, at any time or from time to time, redeem up to
35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes with the net proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings of the Company, or, if there is a Parent Transaction, any Parent (to the extent such net proceeds have been contributed to the Company) at a
Redemption Price of 110.5% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the
Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) originally issued under this Indenture
remain outstanding immediately after each such redemption and (ii) notice of such redemption is mailed within 90 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering. 

Section 3.02.  Notices to Trustee.  If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to
Section 3.01, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which redemption shall occur. 

The Company shall give each notice provided for in this Section 3.02 in an Officers’ Certificate at least 45 days before
the Redemption Date (unless a shorter period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee). 
 Section 3.03.  Selection of
Notes To Be Redeemed.  If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in compliance with the requirements, as certified to it by the Company, of the principal national
securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem fair and
appropriate; provided that no Note of $2,000 in principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part. 
  

 40 

 The Trustee shall make the selection from the Notes outstanding and not previously called
for redemption. Notes in denominations of $2,000 in principal amount may only be redeemed in whole. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $2,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of Notes
that have denominations larger than $2,000 in principal amount. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company and the Registrar
promptly in writing of the Notes or portions of Notes to be called for redemption. 
 Section 3.04.  Notice of
Redemption.  With respect to any redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 3.01, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each
Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed. 
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(1)  the Redemption Date; 

(2)  the Redemption Price (or the method of calculating the Redemption Price if the Redemption Price is not
determinable as of the date of the notice); 
 (3)  the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 (4)  that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent in order to collect
the Redemption Price; 
 (5)  that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment,
interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date and the only remaining right of the Holders is to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption
Date upon surrender of the Notes to the Paying Agent; 
 (6)  that, if any Note is being redeemed in
part, the portion of the principal amount (equal to $2,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Note to be redeemed and that, on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or
Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; and 

(7)  that, if any Note contains a CUSIP number as provided in Section 2.13, no representation is
being made as to the correctness of the CUSIP number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in the notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. 

At the Company’s request (which request may be revoked by the Company at any time prior to the time at which the Trustee shall have
given such notice to the Holders), made in writing to the Trustee at least 15 days (or such shorter period as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) before the date of the giving of the notice, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the
name and at the expense of the Company. If, however, the Company gives such notice to the Holders, the Company shall concurrently deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such notice has been given. 

Section 3.05.  Effect of Notice of Redemption.  Once notice of redemption is mailed, Notes called for
redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price. Upon surrender of any Notes to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the
Redemption Date. 
 Notice of redemption shall be deemed to be given when mailed, whether or not the Holder receives the notice.
In any event, failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of Notes held by Holders to whom such notice was properly given. 

 

 41 

 Section 3.06.  Deposit of Redemption Price.  On or prior to any
Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.05) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and
accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on that date that have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation. 

Section 3.07.  Payment of Notes Called for Redemption.  If notice of redemption has been given in the manner
provided above, the Notes or portion of Notes specified in such notice to be redeemed shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date at the Redemption Price stated therein, together with accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, such
Redemption Date, and on and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Notes at the Redemption Price and accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, in which case the principal, until paid, shall
bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed in the Notes), such Notes shall cease to accrue interest. Upon surrender of any Note for redemption in accordance with a notice of redemption, such Note shall be paid and redeemed by the
Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date; provided that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to
the Holders registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Regular Record Date. 
 Section
3.08.  Notes Redeemed in Part.  Upon surrender of any Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder without service charge, a new Note equal in
principal amount to the unredeemed portion of such surrendered Note. 
 ARTICLE FOUR 

COVENANTS 

Section 4.01.  Payment of Notes.  The Company shall pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the
Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. An installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee or Paying Agent
(other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company, or any Affiliate of any of them) holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. If the Company or any Affiliate of the Company acts as Paying Agent, an installment
of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the due date if the entity acting as Paying Agent complies with the last sentence of Section 2.05. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization procedure relative to the
Company, the Trustee shall serve as the Paying Agent, if any, for the Notes. 
 The Company shall pay interest on overdue
principal and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate per annum specified in the Notes. 

Section 4.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.  The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The
City of New York, an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 13.02. 

 

 42 

 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where
the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain
an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or
agency. 
 The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee located at 900 Ashwood Parkway,
Suite 425, Atlanta, Georgia 30338 as such office of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04. 
 Section
4.03.  Limitation on Indebtedness.  (a)  The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Indebtedness (other than the Notes issued on the Closing Date, and any Exchange Notes
exchanged therefor or for Additional Notes under the terms of this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, and any other Existing Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor may Incur
Indebtedness if, after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company would be greater than zero and less than 4.75:1.0. 

(b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary (except as specified below) may Incur each and
all of the following: 
 (1)  Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor under
Credit Agreements outstanding at any time in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30.0 million, less the aggregate amount of all Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales applied to permanently repay any such Indebtedness pursuant to
Section 4.10; 
 (2)  Indebtedness owed: 

(A)  to the Company; or 

(B)  to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Indebtedness of the Company or
a Subsidiary Guarantor owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor is expressly subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be; provided, further, that any event
which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to the Company, another Restricted Subsidiary or the holder of a Lien permitted by this Indenture) will
be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (2); 

(3)  Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund, then
outstanding Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under clause (1), (2), (4), (7) or (10) of this Section 4.03(b)) and any refinancings thereof in an amount not to exceed the
amount so refinanced or refunded (plus premiums, accrued interest, fees and expenses); provided, however, that Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund the Notes or Indebtedness that is pari
passu in right of payment with, or subordinate in right of payment to, the Notes shall only be permitted under this clause (3) if: 

(A)  in case the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantees are refinanced in part or the Indebtedness to be refinanced
is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantees, such new Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is outstanding, is expressly made
pari passu in right of payment with, or subordinate in right of payment to, the remaining Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantees, as applicable; 
  

 43 

 (B)  in case the Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinate in
right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, such new Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is issued or remains outstanding, is expressly made subordinate in
right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, at least to the extent that the Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable; and 

(C)  such new Indebtedness, determined as of the date of Incurrence of such new Indebtedness, does not mature
prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or funded, and the Average Life of such new Indebtedness is at least equal to the remaining Average Life of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded; and provided,
further, that in no event may the Company’s Indebtedness be refinanced by means of any Indebtedness of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (3); 

(4)  Indebtedness: 

(A)  under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements; provided, however, that such
agreements are: 
 (i)  designed to protect the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries against
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or interest rates and not for speculative purposes; and 

(ii)  do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or interest rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; or 

(B)  arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations,
or from Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any of the Company’s obligations or those of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in any case Incurred in connection with the
disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition),
in a principal amount not to exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, in connection with such disposition; 

(5)  Indebtedness of the Company and Guarantees thereof, to the extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly:

 (A)  used to purchase Notes tendered in an Offer to Purchase made as a result of a Change of
Control; or 
  

 44 

 (B)  deposited to defease the Notes pursuant to Article
Eight; 
 (6)  Guarantees of the Notes and Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
of Indebtedness of the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or a
Subsidiary Guarantee, then such Guarantee shall be subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee to the same extent as the Indebtedness Guaranteed; and provided, further, that only the Company and Subsidiary
Guarantors may Guarantee Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a); 

(7)  Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the cost (including the cost of design, development,
acquisition, construction, installation, improvement, transportation or integration and all transaction costs related to the foregoing) to acquire equipment, inventory or network assets (including acquisitions by way of Capitalized Lease Obligations
and acquisitions of the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent of the fair market value of the equipment, inventory or network assets so acquired, plus goodwill associated therewith) by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund, then outstanding Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (7); provided,
however, that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding at any time may not exceed the greater of $15.0 million and 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence; 

(8)  Acquired Indebtedness; provided, however, that after giving effect to the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (8) and the related acquisition transaction, either (a) the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) or (b) the Company’s
Consolidated Leverage Ratio would not be greater than the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition transaction; 

(9)  Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse
to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); and 

(10)  Indebtedness (in addition to Indebtedness permitted under clauses (1) through
(9) above) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $35.0 million. 

(c)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.03, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies. 

(d)  For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under this Section 4.03, Guarantees, Liens
or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included. 

(e)  For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets
the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the above clauses, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify, and from time to time may reclassify, such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the
amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses; provided, however, that the Company need not classify such item of Indebtedness solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness, but instead may classify
such item of Indebtedness in part by reference to one such provision and in part by reference to one or more other 
  

 45 

 
provisions of this covenant; provided, further, that Indebtedness under Credit Agreements outstanding on the Closing Date will be deemed to have been Incurred on such date in
reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of Section 4.03(b) and the Company shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion of such Indebtedness under Credit Agreements outstanding on the Closing Date.

 (f)  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness that pursuant to its terms is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness unless such Indebtedness is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, to the same extent; provided that Indebtedness will
not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured to a greater or lesser extent or with greater or lower priority. 

Section 4.04.  Limitation on Restricted Payments.  (a)  The Company will not, and will not permit
any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly: 
 (1)  declare or pay any dividend or make any
distribution on or with respect to its Capital Stock (other than (x) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of the Company’s Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire
shares of such Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock); and (y) pro rata dividends or distributions on Common Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries held by minority stockholders) held by Persons other than the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary; 
 (2)  purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Capital Stock
of: 
 (x)  the Company or an Unrestricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to
acquire such shares of Capital Stock) held by any Person; or 
 (y)  a Restricted Subsidiary (including
options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock) held by any Affiliate of the Company (other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) or any holder (or any Affiliate of such holder) of 5% or more of the Company’s
Capital Stock; 
 (3)  make any voluntary or optional principal payment, or voluntary or optional
redemption, repurchase, defeasance, or other acquisition or retirement for value, of any Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee (other than Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause
(2) of Section 4.03(b)); or 
 (4)  make any Investment, other than a Permitted
Investment, in any Person 
 (such payments or any other actions described in clauses (1) through (4) above collectively,
“Restricted Payments”) if, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment: 

(A)  a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 

(B)  the Company could not Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); or

  

 46 

 (C)  the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments (the amount,
if other than in cash, to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) made after the Closing Date shall exceed the sum of: 

(i)  the amount by which Consolidated EBITDA of the Company exceeds 200% of Consolidated Interest Expense of
the Company, in each case determined on a cumulative basis during the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter in which the Closing Date occurs and ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter preceding
the Transaction Date for which reports have been filed with the SEC or provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.17; plus 

(ii)  the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the fair market value of all non-cash proceeds received by the
Company after the Closing Date from the issuance and sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) permitted by this Indenture to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company, including an issuance or sale of Indebtedness of the
Company permitted by this Indenture for cash after the Closing Date upon the conversion of such Indebtedness into the Company’s Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock), or from the issuance to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the
Company of any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock of the Company (exclusive of any Disqualified Stock or any options, warrants or other rights that are redeemable at the option of the holder, or are required to be redeemed,
prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes); plus 
 (iii)  an amount equal to the net reduction
in Investments (other than reductions in Permitted Investments) in any Person resulting from payments of interest on Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, or from the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of any such Investment (except, in each case, to the extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income), or from redesignations
of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investments” ), not to exceed, in each case, the amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 (b)  The foregoing provision shall not be violated by reason
of: 
 (1)  the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if, at
such date of declaration, such payment would comply with the foregoing paragraph; 
 (2)  the
redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, including premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, with the
proceeds of, or in exchange for, Indebtedness Incurred under clause (3) of Section 4.03(b); 

(3)  the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of the Company’s Capital Stock or that of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent offering of, shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company
(or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock); 
 (4)  the making of any
principal payment or the repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of any Indebtedness which is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a
substantially concurrent sale of, shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock); 

 

 47 

 (5)  payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant
to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of Article Five; 

(6)  Investments in any Person the primary business of which is related, ancillary or complementary to the
Company’s business and that of the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Investments; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to this clause (6) does not exceed the sum of:

 (A)  $10.0 million, plus 

(B)  the net reduction in Investments made pursuant to this clause (6) resulting from distributions
on or repayments of such Investments or from the Net Cash Proceeds or non-cash proceeds from the sale of any such Investment (except in each case to the extent any such distributions, repayments or proceeds are included in the calculation of
Adjusted Consolidated Net Income) or from such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investments”); provided, however, that the net reduction in any Investment shall
not exceed the amount of such Investment; 
 (7)  Investments acquired in exchange for Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock), except to the extent such Investments have been used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (C)(ii) of
Section 4.04(a); 
 (8)  payments of cash in lieu of fractional shares of the
Company’s Capital Stock in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000; 
 (9)  Restricted Payments
in addition to the Restricted Payments permitted by the other clauses of this Section 4.04(b), in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million; 

(10)  the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of the Company’s Capital Stock (or options, warrants
or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) or the payment of any dividend to Parent in order to fund the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of Capital Stock of Parent (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock)
from Persons who are or were formerly the directors, officers or employees of Parent, the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries, provided, however, that (x) the only consideration paid by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such redemptions, repurchases or other acquisitions for value shall be cash, and (y) the aggregate amount paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash in respect of all such redemptions,
repurchases or other acquisitions for value pursuant to this clause (10) shall not exceed $1.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years); 

(11)  the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of Capital Stock of the Company (or
options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) (A) in exchange for other Capital Stock of the Company (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock), including in connection with a Benefit Plan Exchange
Offer, (B) upon the 
  

 48 

 
conversion of Preferred Stock or the exercise, exchange or conversion of options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock of the Company, or (C) tendered to the Company by a holder
of Capital Stock of the Company in settlement of indemnification or similar claims by the Company against such holder, so long as no cash or other consideration is paid to such holder in connection with such purchase, redemption or other acquisition
for value (unless otherwise independently permitted under another provision of this Section 4.04); 

(12)  the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of Disqualified Stock of the Company issued in
compliance with Section 4.03 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense”; 

(13)  Permitted Payments to Parent; 

(14)  the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of Capital Stock of the Company (or
options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) tendered by the holder thereof in payment of withholding or other taxes relating to the vesting, delivery, exercise, exchange or conversion of options, restricted stock, restricted
stock units, warrants or other rights relating to, or representing rights to acquire, Capital Stock of the Company; and 

(15)  purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified
Receivables Financing and the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees; 
 provided further, however, that, except in
the case of clauses (1), (3), (4), (7), (11), (13), (14) and (15) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or occur as
a consequence of the actions or payments set forth therein. 
 (c)  Each Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to
Section 4.04(b) (other than the Restricted Payment referred to in clause (2) or (15) thereof, an exchange of Capital Stock (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock) for Capital Stock (or
options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock) or Indebtedness referred to in clause (3), (4), (11) or (14) thereof and an Investment referred to in clause (6) or
(7) thereof), and the Net Cash Proceeds and the fair market value of non-cash proceeds from any issuance of Capital Stock referred to in clauses (3), (4), (6) and (7) thereof, shall be included in
calculating whether the conditions of clause (C) of Section 4.04(a) have been met with respect to any subsequent Restricted Payments. In the event the proceeds of an issuance of the Company’s Capital Stock or options,
warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock are used for the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of the Notes, or Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes, then the Net Cash Proceeds of such
issuance shall be included in clause (C) of Section 4.04(a) only to the extent such proceeds are not used for such redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Indebtedness. 

Section 4.05.  Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
Subsidiaries.  (a)  The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction of any kind on
the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1)  pay dividends or make any other distributions
permitted by applicable law on any Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2)  pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; 

 

 49 

 (3)  make loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary; or 
 (4)  transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary. 
 (b)  The foregoing provisions shall not restrict any encumbrances or restrictions: 

(1)  existing on the Closing Date or any other agreements in effect on the Closing Date, and any amendments,
modifications, extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements of such agreements; provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements,
taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive (as determined by the Company) than those encumbrances or restrictions that are then in effect and that are being amended, modified, extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced; 

(2)  existing under or by reason of applicable law or required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction
over the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (3)  existing with respect to any Person or the
property or assets of such Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, existing at the time of such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation thereof, which encumbrances or restrictions are not applicable to any Person or the
property or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property or assets of such Person so acquired, and any amendments, modifications, extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements of such encumbrances or restrictions;
provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, extensions, renewals or replacements, taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive (as determined by the Company) than those
encumbrances or restrictions that are then in effect and that are being amended, modified, extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced; 

(4)  in the case of clause (4) of Section 4.05(a): 

(A)  that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is
a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset; 
 (B)  existing by virtue of
any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any of the property or assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; or 

(C)  arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not,
individually or in the aggregate, reduce the value of the property or assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; 

(5)  with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for
the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary; 

(6)  contained in the terms of any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued
if: 
 (A)  the encumbrance or restriction either: 

(i)  applies only in the event of a payment default or non-compliance with respect to a financial covenant
contained in such Indebtedness or agreement; or 
  

 50 

 (ii)  is contained in a Credit Agreement; 

(B)  the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes than is
customary in comparable financings (as determined by the Company); and 
 (C)  the Company determines
on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness that any such encumbrance or restriction would not be expected to materially impair the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes; 

(7)  arising from customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other agreements entered into in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (8)  pursuant to the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees and any
Exchange Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees exchanged therefor or for Additional Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued pursuant to this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(9)  imposed on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (10)  imposed in connection with purchase money obligations for
property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature specified in clause (4) above on the property so acquired; 

(11)  contained in the terms of any Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is Incurred as permitted
pursuant to Section 4.03; 
 (12)  imposed in connection with any Investment not prohibited
by Section 4.04 and/or in connection with any Permitted Investment; provided, however, that such restriction or encumbrance applies only to the Person that is the subject of such Investment or Permitted Investment, as
applicable; 
 (13)  contained in the terms of any Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be
Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03 and Section 4.08 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Secured Indebtedness; or 

(14)  applicable to a Receivables Subsidiary and effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;
provided, however, that such restriction or encumbrance applies only to such Receivables Subsidiary. 

(c)  Nothing contained in this Section 4.05 shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from:

 (1)  creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted under
Section 4.08; or 
 (2)  restricting the sale or other disposition of the Company’s
property or assets or the property or assets of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure the Company’s Indebtedness or the Indebtedness of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

 

 51 

 Section 4.06.  Limitation on the Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of
Restricted Subsidiaries.  The Company will not sell, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to issue or sell, any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other
rights to acquire shares of such Capital Stock) except: 
 (1)  to the Company or a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2)  issuances of director’s qualifying shares or sales to foreign
nationals of shares of Capital Stock of Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent required by applicable law; 

(3)  if, immediately after giving effect to such issuance or sale, such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer
constitute a Restricted Subsidiary and any Investment in such Person remaining after giving effect to such issuance or sale would have been permitted to be made under Section 4.04 if made on the date of such issuance or sale; and

 (4)  issuances or sales of Common Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, provided, however,
that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary applies the Net Cash Proceeds, if any, of any such sale in compliance with Section 4.10. 

Section 4.07.  Limitation on Transactions With Affiliates.  (a)  The Company will not, and will not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or the rendering of any service) with a Related Person or with any
Affiliate of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, except upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained, at the time of such transaction or, if such transaction is pursuant
to a written agreement, at the time of the execution of the agreement providing therefor, in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not such a Related Person or an Affiliate. 

(b)  The foregoing limitation does not limit and shall not apply to: 

(1)  transactions: 

(A)  approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company or by a
majority of the members of the audit committee or compensation committee of such Board of Directors constituted in accordance with the rules of a United States national securities exchange (or, if the Company’s securities are not listed on a
United States national securities exchange, by a majority of the members of the audit committee or compensation committee of such Board of Directors constituted solely of disinterested members of such Board of Directors); or 

(B)  for which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a written opinion of a nationally
recognized investment banking firm stating that the transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view: 

(2)  any transaction solely between the Company and any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or solely between
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (3)  fees and compensation paid to and indemnity provided on
behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as determined, with respect to such officers and directors, in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company; 

 

 52 

 (4)  any grant of stock options, restricted stock or other awards
to employees and directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to stock incentive plans or other employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; 

(5)  any transactions pursuant to any agreement or arrangement as in effect as of the Closing Date or any
amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto and any extension of the maturity thereof) and any replacement agreement or arrangement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement
agreement or arrangement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date; 

(6)  the issuance of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) and options, warrants or other
rights to acquire Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); 
 (7)  a Parent
Transaction; 
 (8)  any Restricted Payments not prohibited by Section 4.04; or 

(9)  sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Receivables
Financing. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction or series of related transactions covered by
Section 4.07(a) and not covered by clauses (2) through (9) of this Section 4.07(b), (a) the aggregate amount of which exceeds $2.5 million, but does not exceed $20.0 million, in value,
must be determined to be fair in the manner provided for in clause (1)(A) or (1)(B) above and (b) the aggregate amount of which exceeds $20.0 million in value, must be determined to be fair in the manner provided
for in clause (1)(B) above. 
 Section 4.08.  Limitation on Liens.  The Company will
not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its assets or properties of any character (including licenses), or any shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted
Subsidiary, except Permitted Liens. 
 Section 4.09.  Limitation on Sale-Leaseback
Transactions.  (a)  The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any sale-leaseback transaction involving any of its assets or properties whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary sells or transfers such assets or properties and then or thereafter leases such assets or properties or any part thereof or any other assets or properties which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or transferred. 

(b)  The foregoing restriction shall not apply to any sale-leaseback transaction if: 

(1)  the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to (a) incur Indebtedness in an amount
equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such transaction pursuant to Section 4.03 and (b) create a Lien on such property securing such Attributable Debt pursuant to Section 4.08; and 

(2)  the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary applies an amount not less than the net proceeds received from
such sale in compliance with Section 4.10. 
  

 53 

 Section 4.10.  Limitation on Asset Sales.  (a)  The
Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate any Asset Sale, unless: 

(1)  the consideration received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary is at least equal to the fair market
value of the assets sold or disposed of; and 
 (2)  at least 75% of the consideration received
consists of cash, Temporary Cash Investments or the assumption of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes) or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness that is subordinate in
right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary) and unconditional release of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on the Indebtedness assumed. 

(b)  Within 12 months after the date of consummation of such Asset Sale, the Company shall or shall cause the relevant
Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (A)  apply an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale to
repay Indebtedness constituting First Lien Obligations and permanently reduce the commitments in respect thereof; provided that (x) to the extent that the terms of First Lien Obligations (other than the Notes) require that such other
First Lien Obligations be repaid with the Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales prior to repayment of other Indebtedness, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be entitled to repay such other First Lien Obligations prior to repaying the Notes
and (y) subject to the foregoing clause (x), if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall so reduce such other First Lien Obligations, the Company shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes through open-market purchases
thereof (provided that such purchases are consummated at a purchase price at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an Offer to Purchase to all Holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the pro rata principal amount of the Notes purchased; or 

(B)  invest an equal amount, or the amount of Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale not so applied pursuant to
clause (A) (or enter into a definitive agreement committing to so invest within such 12-month period, which investment shall be consummated within 12 months after the date of such agreement ), in (i) property or assets (other than
current assets) of a nature or type or that are used in a business similar or related to the nature or type of the property and assets of, or the business of, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the date of such investment (as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) (a “Related Business”) or (ii) the Capital Stock of a Person primarily engaged in a Related
Business that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such investment; and 
 (C)  apply such
Net Cash Proceeds (to the extent not applied pursuant to clause (A) or (B)) as provided in Section 4.10(c). 

The amount of such Net Cash Proceeds required to be applied (or to be committed to be applied) during such 12-month period as set forth in the preceding
sentence and not applied as so required by the end of such period shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” 
  

 54 

 (c)  If, as of the first day of any calendar month, the aggregate amount of Excess
Proceeds not theretofore subject to an Offer to Purchase pursuant to this Section 4.10 totals at least $10.0 million, the Company must commence, not later than the fifteenth Business Day of such month, and consummate an Offer to
Purchase from the Holders on a pro rata basis an aggregate principal amount of Notes and, to the extent permitted or required by the terms thereof, any other of the Company’s First Lien Obligations or other Senior Indebtedness secured by a Lien
permitted under this Indenture (which Lien is not subordinate to the Lien of the Notes with respect to the Collateral), equal to the Excess Proceeds on such date, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other
First Lien Obligations or Senior Indebtedness, if applicable, on the relevant Payment Date, plus, in each case, accrued interest (if any) to, but excluding, the Payment Date. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer to Purchase,
the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other First Lien Obligations and Senior Indebtedness tendered in response to such Offer to Purchase
exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other First Lien Obligations and Senior Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of the Offer to Purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds
shall be reset to zero. For purposes of this Section 4.10(c), “Offer to Purchase” means, with respect to First Lien Obligations or other Senior Indebtedness other than the Notes, an offer to purchase such First Lien Obligations
or other Senior Indebtedness, which may be consummated, except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.10(c), in accordance with the terms of such First Lien Obligations or other Senior Indebtedness. 

Section 4.11.  Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control.  The Company shall commence, within 30 days after
the occurrence of a Change of Control, and consummate an Offer to Purchase for all Notes then outstanding, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the relevant Payment Date, plus accrued interest (if any) to, but
excluding, the Payment Date. 
 Section 4.12.  Existence.  Subject to Articles Four and
Five, the Company agrees that it shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and the existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the organizational
documents of the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary and the rights (whether pursuant to charter, partnership certificate, agreement, statute or otherwise), licenses and franchises of the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided
that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the existence of any Restricted Subsidiary, if the maintenance or preservation thereof, in the judgment of the Company, is no longer desirable in the conduct
of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
 Section 4.13.  Payment of Taxes
and Other Claims.  The Company agrees that it shall pay or discharge and shall cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent (i) all material
taxes, material assessments and material governmental charges levied or imposed upon (a) the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) the income or profits of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary which is a corporation or
(c) the property of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any such Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, any such tax, assessment, governmental charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established. 
 Section
4.14.  Maintenance of Properties and Insurance.  The Company agrees that it shall cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained
and kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may
be 
  

 55 

 
necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section 4.14 shall
prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary having managerial responsibility for any such property, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary. 

The Company agrees it shall provide or cause to be provided, for itself and the Restricted Subsidiaries, insurance (including appropriate
self-insurance) against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties with reputable insurers or with the government of the United States of America, or an agency or
instrumentality thereof, in such amounts, with such deductibles and by such methods as the Company in good faith shall determine to be reasonable and appropriate in the circumstances. 

Section 4.15.  Notice of Defaults.  In the event that any Officer of the Company becomes aware of any Default
or Event of Default, the Company shall, promptly after such Officer becomes aware thereof and in any event within 30 days after such Officer becomes aware thereof, deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event
of Default and what action the Company is proposing to take with respect thereto. 
 Section 4.16.  Compliance
Certificates.  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010, an Officers’ Certificate stating whether or
not the signers know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such fiscal year, and that a review has been conducted of the activities of each of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company’s and the Restricted
Subsidiaries’ performance under this Indenture and that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries have complied with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture. If any of the Officers of the Company signing such certificate has
knowledge of such a Default or Event of Default, the certificate shall describe any such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is proposing to take with respect thereto. 

Section 4.17.  SEC Reports and Reports to Holders.  (a)  Whether or not the Company is then required
to file reports with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Company will file with the SEC (unless the SEC will not accept or does not permit such a filing, in which case the Company will supply to the Trustee for forwarding to each Holder,
without cost to any Holder), within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations: 

(1)  all quarterly and annual financial information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries that would
be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms pursuant to the Exchange Act, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations,” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and 

(2)  all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were
required to file such reports pursuant to the Exchange Act. 
 (b)  If the Company has designated any of its
Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.17(a) shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes
thereto, or in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and
results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 
  

 56 

 (c)  The Company agrees that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at
any time it is not required to file with the SEC the reports and other information required by the preceding paragraphs, it will furnish to Holders of Notes and prospective investors in the Notes, upon request, the information required to be
delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 (d)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of
this Section 4.17, for so long as the Company files the foregoing reports and other information with the SEC, the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and other information to the Trustee if the Company has filed such
reports and other information with the SEC via the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval (EDGAR) filing system or any successor electronic filing system of the SEC and such reports are publicly available. 

(e)  Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the
Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information and documents shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of
its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 
 Section
4.18.  Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.  The Company and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or
take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Company or such Guarantor from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes as
contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) the Company and each Guarantor hereby expressly
waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had
been enacted. 
 Section 4.19.  Future Guarantors.  (a)  The Company shall cause each
Person that becomes a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Company following the Closing Date (and is eligible to be a Subsidiary Guarantor under the definition of “Subsidiary Guarantor”) and any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary that
Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary or Foreign Restricted
Subsidiary will guarantee the payment and performance of the Notes in accordance with Article Ten and (2) execute and deliver an amendment, supplement or other instrument in respect of the Collateral Agreements necessary to cause such
Restricted Subsidiary to become a grantor thereunder and take all action required thereunder to perfect the Liens created thereunder, as well as to execute and deliver to the Trustee joinders to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, in each case,
at the time such Person becomes a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantees any such Indebtedness of the Company or any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable. 

(b)  Following any Parent Transaction, any Parent that Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company shall (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Parent will guarantee the payment and performance of the Notes in accordance with Article Ten and (2) execute and
deliver an amendment, supplement or other instrument in respect of the Collateral Agreements necessary to cause such Parent to become a grantor thereunder and take all action required thereunder to perfect the Liens created thereunder, as well as to
execute and deliver to the Trustee joinders to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, in each case at the time such Parent Guarantees any such Indebtedness. 
  

 57 

 Section 4.20.  After-Acquired Collateral.  From and after the
Closing Date, if the Company or any Guarantor creates any additional security interest upon any property or asset that would constitute Collateral to secure any First Lien Obligations and that is not already subject to a Lien under the Collateral
Agreements, it shall concurrently grant a first-priority perfected security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) upon such property as security for the Notes and the other Obligations under this Indenture. 

Section 4.21.  Additional Interest Notice.  In the event that the Company is required to pay Additional
Interest to the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or elects to pay Additional Interest to the Holders of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.02(c), the Company shall provide a written notice (an
“Additional Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Additional Interest as promptly as practicable after the Company becomes obligated to pay Additional Interest pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement or of
its election to pay Additional Interest pursuant to Section 6.02(c) on or before the date provided in Section 6.02(c). The Additional Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of Additional Interest to be paid by the Company
and the proposed payment date for the Additional Interest. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of the Notes to determine the Additional Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation
of the amount of Additional Interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Additional Interest. 

Section 4.22.  Suspension of Certain Covenants.  (a)  Following the first day (the
“Suspension Date”) on which (1) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Ratings Agencies, and (2) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries will not be subject to Section 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.19 and clause (3) of Section 5.01(a) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). In addition, upon
the occurrence of a Suspension Date, the Company may elect to release any or all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes Obligations in accordance with the Collateral Agreements. 

(b)  If at any time the Notes’ credit rating is downgraded from an Investment Grade Rating by any Rating Agency or if a
Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then (i) at such time (the “Reinstatement Date”) the Suspended Covenants will be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended and thereafter will be applicable
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain an Investment Grade Rating and
no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time as the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Rating and no Default or Event of Default is in existence) and (ii) any
Collateral that was released from Liens securing the Notes Obligations, as well as any Collateral acquired since the Suspension Date, will be restored and pledged to secure the Notes Obligations in accordance with the Collateral Agreements and this
Indenture; provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist or have occurred under this Indenture, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or any Parent Guarantee with respect to the
Suspended Covenants (and any election to release any or all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes Obligations) based on, and none of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or
events occurring during the Suspension Period, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reinstatement Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable
Suspended Covenants had remained in effect during such period. The period beginning on the Suspension Date and ending immediately prior to the Reinstatement Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.” 

 

 58 

 (c)  On the Reinstatement Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension
Period will be classified as having been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or one of the clauses set forth in Section 4.03(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the
Reinstatement Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reinstatement Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to
Section 4.03(a) or one of the clauses set forth in Section 4.03(b), such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been Existing Indebtedness. On the Reinstatement Date, all Liens Incurred during the Suspension Period pursuant to
clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” will continue to be classified as having been Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” (to the extent that such Liens would be permitted to
be Incurred thereunder as of the Reinstatement Date and after giving effect to Liens Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reinstatement Date). To the extent such Liens would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to
clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” as of the Reinstatement Date, such Liens will be deemed to have existed on the Closing Date and to have been Incurred pursuant to clause (20) of the definition of “Permitted
Liens.” Calculations made after the Reinstatement Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04 will be made as though the provisions of Section 4.04 had been in effect since the
Closing Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a). 

(d)  During any period in which the Suspended Covenants are suspended, the Board of Directors of the Company may not designate
any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE FIVE

 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION 

Section 5.01.  Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets.  (a)  The Company will not consolidate
with, merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property and assets (as an entirety or substantially an entirety in one transaction or a series of related transactions) to, any
Person or permit any Person to merge with or into the Company, unless: 
 (1)  the Company shall be the
continuing Person, or the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or that acquired or leased the Company’s property and assets shall be a corporation, partnership or limited liability
company organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all of the Company’s obligations
under the Notes, this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements and the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(2)  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and
be continuing; 
 (3)  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, on a pro forma basis, the
Company or any Person becoming the successor obligor of the Notes, as the case may be, could Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); provided, however, that this clause (3) shall not apply to
a consolidation, merger or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets if immediately after giving effect to such transaction, on a pro forma basis, the Company or any Person becoming the successor obligor of the Notes shall have a
Consolidated Leverage Ratio equal to or less than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; and 
  

 59 

 (4)  the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Section 5.01(a) and that all conditions precedent provided for in this
Section 5.01(a) relating to such transaction have been complied with; 
 provided that clause (3) above will not
apply if, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution, the principal purpose of such transaction is to change the state of incorporation of the Company or to
create a holding company pursuant to a Parent Transaction and provided, further, that any such transaction shall not have as one of its purposes the evasion of the foregoing limitations. In addition, clause (3) above will
not apply to any consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(b)  The Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with, merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer,
lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property and assets (as an entirety or substantially an entirety in one transaction or a series of related transactions) to, any Person (other than the Company or another Subsidiary
Guarantor) or permit any Person (other than another Subsidiary Guarantor) to merge with or into such Subsidiary Guarantor, unless: 

(A)  (1)  such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing Person, or the Person (if other than such
Subsidiary Guarantor) formed by such consolidation or into which such Subsidiary Guarantor is merged or that acquired or leased such Subsidiary Guarantor’s property and assets shall be a corporation, partnership or limited liability company
organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s
obligations under the Notes, the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee, this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements and the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(2)  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and
be continuing; and 
 (3)  such Subsidiary Guarantor delivers to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Section 5.01(b) and that all conditions precedent provided for in this
Section 5.01(b) relating to such transaction have been complied with; or 
 (B)  such
transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of such Subsidiary Guarantor or the sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of such Subsidiary
Guarantor’s property and assets (in each case other than with, into or to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor) otherwise permitted by this Indenture. 

Section 5.02.  Successor Substituted.  Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, conveyance, transfer,
lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01(a), the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such
sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition is 
  

 60 

 
made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the
Company herein; provided that the Company shall not be released from its obligations or covenants under this Indenture, including with respect to the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes in the case of:
(i) a sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition (unless such sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition is of all the assets of the Company) or (ii) a lease. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
property and assets of a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01(b), the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released to the extent permitted under Section 10.04. 

ARTICLE SIX 

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01.  Events of Default.  Any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of
Default” hereunder: 
 (1)  default in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on)
any Note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise; 

(2)  default in the payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default
continues for a period of 30 days; 
 (3)  default in the performance or breach of the provisions of
Article Five or the failure to make or consummate an Offer to Purchase in accordance with Section 4.10 or Section 4.11; 

(4)  the Company defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Company in
this Indenture or any Collateral Agreement or under the Notes (other than a default specified in clause (1), (2) or (3) above), and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 consecutive days after written
notice by the Trustee to the Company or by the Holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes to the Company and the Trustee; 

(5)  there occurs with respect to (i) any issue or issues of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount of $20.0 million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all such Persons, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created or (ii) any Credit Agreement Obligation
(for so long as such Credit Agreement Obligation is a First Lien Obligation), (A) an event of default that has caused the holder thereof or any lender thereunder to declare such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its Stated Maturity
and such Indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such acceleration has not been rescinded or annulled within 30 days of such acceleration and/or (B) the failure to make a principal payment at the final (but not any interim) fixed
maturity and such defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or extended within 30 days of such payment default; 

(6)  any final judgment or order (not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in excess of
$20.0 million in the aggregate for all such final judgments or orders against all such Persons (treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall be rendered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and
shall not be paid or discharged, and there shall be any period of 60 consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order that 

 

 61 

 
causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed $20.0 million during which a stay of enforcement
of such final judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; 

(7)  a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for 

(A)  relief in respect of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect; 
 (B)  appointment of a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or 

(C)  the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary and, in each
case, such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; 

(8)  the Company or any Significant Subsidiary 

(A)  commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or
hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law; 

(B)  consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian,
trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or 

(C)  effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; 

(9)  (A)  Subsidiary Guarantees provided by Subsidiary Guarantors that individually or together would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Subsidiary Guarantees or the terms of this Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under
its Subsidiary Guarantee, (B) any failure by any Parent to enter into a Parent Guarantee in accordance with Section 4.19(b) or (C) any Parent Guarantee entered into by any Parent in accordance with Section 4.19(b)
ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Parent Guarantee or the terms of this Indenture) or any Parent denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Parent Guarantee; or 

(10)  any Collateral Agreement with respect to a material portion of the Collateral shall cease to be in full
force and effect other than in accordance with the terms of such Collateral Agreement or the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, or shall cease to give the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of Notes the Liens, rights, powers and
privileges purported to be created thereby in any material portion of the Collateral. 
 Section
6.02.  Acceleration.  (a)  If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 that occurs with respect to the Company) occurs
and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if such notice is given

  

 62 

 
by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes to be immediately due and payable.
Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal amount, premium, if any, and accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable. In the event of a declaration of acceleration because an Event of Default set forth in clause (5) of
Section 6.01 has occurred and is continuing, such declaration of acceleration shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (5) of
Section 6.01 shall be remedied or cured by the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 60 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto. If an Event of
Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 occurs with respect to the Company, the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso
facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 

(b)  The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company and to
the Trustee, may waive all past Defaults and rescind and annul a declaration of acceleration and its consequences if (1) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes
that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived and (2) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. 

(c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent elected by the Company, the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to
the failure to comply with Section 4.17 and for any failure to comply with the requirements of Section 314(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act will for the first 120 days after the occurrence of such an Event of Default consist
exclusively of the right to receive Additional Interest on the Notes at an annual rate equal to 0.50% of the principal amount of the Notes. The Additional Interest will be paid semi-annually in arrears, with the first semi-annual payment due on the
first Interest Payment Date following the date on which the Additional Interest begins to accrue on any Notes. The Additional Interest will accrue on all outstanding Notes from and including the date on which such Event of Default first occurs to,
but excluding, the 120th day thereafter (or such earlier date on which such Event of Default shall have been cured or waived). On such 120th day (or earlier, if such Event of Default is cured or waived prior to such 120th day), such Additional
Interest will cease to accrue and, if such Event of Default has not been cured or waived prior to such 120th day, the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided above. In the event the Company does not elect to pay Additional Interest upon an
Event of Default in accordance with this Section 6.02(c), the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided above. If the Company elects to pay such Additional Interest, it will notify the Trustee and Paying Agent of such election on
or before the close of business on the date on which such Event of Default first occurs. 
 Section 6.03.  Other
Remedies.  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, and at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall, pursue any available remedy by
proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes, the Collateral Agreements (subject to the terms of the First Lien
Intercreditor Agreement) or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the
Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. 
 Section 6.04.  Waiver of Past
Defaults.  Subject to Section 6.02, 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by notice to the Trustee, may waive an existing Default or Event of
Default and its consequences, except a Default in the 
  

 63 

 
payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note as specified in clause (1) or (2) of Section 6.01 or in respect of a covenant or provision of
this Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been
cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

Section 6.05.  Control by Majority.  The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture; provided, however, the
Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not
joining in the giving of such direction; and provided, further, that the Trustee may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of Notes. 

Section 6.06.  Limitation on Suits.  A Holder may not institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with
respect to this Indenture or the Notes, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder unless: 

(1)  the Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 

(2)  the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes shall have made a written
request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy; 
 (3)  such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee
indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or expense; 
 (4)  the Trustee does
not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and 

(5)  during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes
do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request. 
 For purposes of Section 6.05 and this
Section 6.06, the Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 316(a) in making any determination of whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes have concurred in any request or direction of the
Trustee to pursue any remedy available to the Trustee or the Holders with respect to this Indenture or the Notes or otherwise under the law. 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other
Holder. 
 Section 6.07.  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.  Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, such Note or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in the Notes, shall
not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
  

 64 

 Section 6.08.  Collection Suit by Trustee.  If an Event of
Default in payment of principal, premium or interest specified in clause (1), (2) or (3) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an
express trust against the Company or any other obligor of the Notes for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and, to the extent that
payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate specified in the Notes, and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07. 

Section 6.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.  The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers
or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Trustee under Section 7.07) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor of the Notes), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any
monies, securities or other property payable or deliverable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes or upon any such claims and to distribute the same, and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar
official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any
amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to empower
the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in
respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.10.  Priorities.  Subject to
the terms of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, if the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

First:  to the Trustee and the other Indemnified Parties for all amounts due under Section 7.07; 

Second:  to Holders for amounts then due and unpaid for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in respect of
which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and 

Third:  to the Company or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct. 

The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Company, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this
Section 6.10. 
 Section 6.11.  Undertaking for Costs.  In any suit for the enforcement
of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs of the
suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the
party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. 

 

 65 

 Section 6.12.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies.  If the
Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then,
and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Company,
the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. 
 Section
6.13.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative.  Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or wrongfully taken Notes in Section 2.09, no right or remedy herein
conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy
given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or
remedy. 
 Section 6.14.  Delay or Omission Not Waiver.  No delay or omission of the Trustee or of
any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article
Six or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 

ARTICLE SEVEN 

TRUSTEE 

Section 7.01.  General.  The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be as provided by the TIA and as
set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the
exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not herein expressly so
provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Article Seven. 

Section 7.02.  Certain Rights of Trustee.  Subject to TIA Sections 315(a) through (d): 

(1)  the Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon
any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper person; 
 (2)  before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require
an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to Section 13.04. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion; 

(3)  the Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or
negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care by it hereunder; 
  

 66 

 (4)  the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of
the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and
liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; 
 (5)  the
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute gross negligence or bad faith;

 (6)  whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a
matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;

 (7)  the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in
any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such
further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company
personally or by agent or attorney at the expense of the Company and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation; 

(8)  any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Order
and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution; 

(9)  the Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full
and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon; 

(10)  the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the
Notes unless either (A) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee assigned to the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor division or department of the Trustee) shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or
(B) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes or by any Holder of the Notes; 

(11)  the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to
be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; and 

(12)  in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or
damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

Section 7.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee.  The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become
the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee is subject to TIA
Sections 310(b) and 311. 
  

 67 

 Section 7.04.  Trustee’s Disclaimer.  The Trustee
(i) makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, (ii) shall not be accountable for the Company’s use or application of the proceeds from the Notes and (iii) shall not be responsible for
any statement in the Notes other than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05.  Notice of
Default.  If any Default or any Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if such Default or Event of Default is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA
Section 313(c) notice of the Default or Event of Default within 45 days after it occurs, unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of
the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of
the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders. 
 Section
7.06.  Reports by Trustee to Holders.  Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with May 15, 2011, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder as provided in TIA Section 313(c) a brief report dated as of such
May 15, if required by TIA Section 313(a). 
 A copy of each report provided pursuant to this Section 7.06
at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA Section 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the
Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or of any delisting thereof. 
 Section 7.07.  Compensation
and Indemnity.  The Company shall pay to each of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Paying Agent and the Registrar (together with any predecessor Trustee, Collateral Agent, Paying Agent and Registrar, each an “Indemnified
Party”) such compensation as shall be agreed upon in writing for their respective services hereunder. The compensation of the Trustee shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall
reimburse each Indemnified Party upon request for all disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by such Indemnified Party without negligence or willful misconduct on its part. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and
expenses of such Indemnified Party’s agents and counsel. 
 The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall, jointly and
severally, indemnify each Indemnified Party for, and hold it harmless against, any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense incurred by it without gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part in connection with the acceptance or
administration of this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements and its duties under this Indenture, the Notes and the Collateral Agreements, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability and of complying with
any process served upon it or any of its officers in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under this Indenture, the Notes and the Collateral Agreements. An Indemnified Party shall notify the Company promptly of
any claim of which such Indemnified Party has received written notice for which it may seek indemnity under this Section 7.07. Failure by an Indemnified Party to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations
hereunder, unless the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is materially prejudiced thereby. The Company shall defend the claim and the Indemnified Party shall cooperate in the defense. Unless otherwise set forth herein, the Indemnified Party may
have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to reimburse any expense or indemnity against loss or liability determined to have been caused by the Indemnified Party through its own gross negligence or
willful misconduct. 
  

 68 

 To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, each
Indemnified Party shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, in its capacity as Trustee or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, except money or property held in trust to
pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes. 
 If an Indemnified Party incurs expenses or renders
services after the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01, the expenses and the compensation for the services will be intended to constitute expenses of administration
under Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any applicable Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
 The
provisions of this Section 7.07 (i) shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Paying Agent or the Registrar and the termination of this Indenture and (ii) shall be in addition to any
other indemnity provided by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in favor of any Indemnified Party under any other document or agreement. 

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 

Section 7.08.  Replacement of Trustee.  A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 

The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company in writing at least 30 days prior to the date of the proposed resignation.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the consent of the Company. The Company may remove the Trustee if:
(i) the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10; (ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or (iv) the
Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee
for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the
successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If the successor Trustee does not deliver its written acceptance required by the next succeeding paragraph of this Section 7.08 within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed,
the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, at the expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately after
the delivery of such written acceptance, subject to the lien provided in Section 7.07, (i) the retiring Trustee shall, upon transfer of its charges hereunder, transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee,
(ii) the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and (iii) the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its
succession to each Holder. No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article. 

 

 69 

 If the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10 or shall fail to comply
with TIA Section 310(b), any Holder who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(b) may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. If at any time the Trustee
shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.08, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in this Section 7.08. 

The Company shall give notice of any resignation and any removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all
Holders. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. 

Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligation under
Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 7.09.  Successor
Trustee by Merger, Etc.  If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or national banking association, the resulting, surviving
or transferee corporation or national banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee with the same effect as if the successor Trustee had been named as the Trustee herein, provided such corporation shall be
otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article. 
 Section 7.10.  Eligibility.  This Indenture
shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition that is
subject to the requirements of applicable Federal or state supervising or examining authority. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the
manner and with the effect specified in this Article. 
 Section 7.11.  Money Held in Trust.  The
Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law and
except for money held in trust under Article Eight. 
 Section 7.12.  Limitation on Duty of Trustee in Respect of
Collateral; Indemnification.  (a)  Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee, shall have no duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the
possession or control of the Collateral Agent or any other agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee, shall not be
responsible for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest in the Collateral. The
Trustee, in its capacity as trustee, shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property and shall
not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral, by reason of the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee, in good
faith. 
 (b)  The Trustee, in its capacity as trustee, shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or
value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the
extent such action or omission constitutes gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee, for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein,
for the validity of the title of the Company to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral. The Trustee, in its
capacity as trustee, shall have no duty to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements or the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement by the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors,
the Collateral Agent or the Credit Agreement Secured Parties. 
  

 70 

 ARTICLE EIGHT 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE 

Section 8.01.  Termination of Company’s Obligations.  Except as otherwise provided in this
Section 8.01, the Company may terminate its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements (in respect of the Notes Obligations) and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement (in respect of the Notes Obligations)
if: 
 (1)  all Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than destroyed, lost or stolen
Notes that have been replaced or Notes that are paid pursuant to Section 4.01 or Notes for whose payment money or securities have theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, as provided in
Section 8.05) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and the Company or any other Obligor has paid all sums payable by them hereunder; or 

(2)  (A)  the Notes mature within one year or all of them are to be called for redemption within one
year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for giving the notice of redemption, (B) the Company or any other Obligor irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee during such one-year period, under the terms of an irrevocable trust
agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, as trust funds solely for the benefit of the Holders for that purpose, money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient (in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee), without consideration of any reinvestment of any interest thereon, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes to the date of maturity or
redemption, as the case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by it hereunder, (C) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit, (D) such deposit will not
result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture (other than any Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit referred to in clause (1) above and the
granting of Liens in connection therewith) or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any other Obligor is a party or by which they are bound, (E) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the
deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, and (F) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent
provided for herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 
 With respect to the
foregoing clause (1), the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall survive. With respect to the foregoing clause (2), the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.02, 2.03, 2.04,
2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.14, 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.04, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding. Thereafter, only the
Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.04, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. After any such irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge
of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above. 
  

 71 

 Section 8.02.  Defeasance and Discharge of Indenture.  The
Obligors will be deemed to have paid and will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of the Notes, and the provisions of this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement will no longer be in effect
with respect to the Notes, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same if: 

(A)  with reference to this Section 8.02, the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be
irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 7.10) and conveyed all right, title and interest to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, under the terms of an irrevocable trust
agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders as security for payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes,
and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders, in and to (1) money in an amount, (2) U.S. Government Obligations that, through the payment of interest, premium, if any, and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms,
will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment referred to in this clause (A), money in an amount or (3) a combination thereof in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, without consideration of the reinvestment of such interest and after payment of all Federal, state and local taxes or other
charges and assessments in respect thereof payable by the Trustee, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity of such principal or interest; provided that the Trustee shall have been
irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to the payment of such principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes; 

(B)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee (1) either (x) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that
Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the Company’s exercise of its option under this Section 8.02 and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such option had not been exercised, which Opinion of Counsel shall be based upon (and accompanied by a copy of) a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service to the same effect unless there has
been a change in applicable Federal income tax law after the Closing Date such that a ruling is no longer required or (y) a ruling directed to the Trustee received from the Internal Revenue Service to the same effect as the aforementioned
Opinion of Counsel and (2) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that after the passage of 123 days following the deposit (except, with respect to
any trust funds for the account of any Holder who may be deemed to be an “insider” for purposes of the United States Bankruptcy Code, after one year following the deposit), the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of
Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law; 

(C)  immediately after giving effect to such deposit, on a pro forma basis, no Event of Default, or event that
after the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than any Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied
to make the deposit referred to in clause (A) above and the granting of Liens in connection therewith), and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture (other than any Default
or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit referred to in clause (A) above and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
  

 72 

 (D)  if the Notes are then listed on a national securities
exchange, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Notes will not be delisted as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge; and 

(E)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each
case stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section 8.02 have been complied with. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.02, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05,
2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.14, 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.04, 8.05, 8.06 and the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder shall survive
until the Notes are no longer outstanding. Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.04, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive. If and when a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an Opinion of
Counsel referred to in clause (B)(l) of this Section 8.02 is able to be provided specifically without regard to, and not in reliance upon, the continuance of the Company’s obligations under Section 4.01, then the
Company’s obligations under Section 4.01 shall cease upon delivery to the Trustee of such ruling or Opinion of Counsel and compliance with the other conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance contemplated by
this Section 8.02. 
 After any such irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the
discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations in the immediately preceding paragraph. 

Section 8.03.  Defeasance of Certain Obligations.  The Obligors may omit to comply with any term, provision or
condition set forth in clause (3) of Section 5.01 and Sections 4.03 through 4.11, Sections 4.14 through 4.17, and Sections 4.19 and 4.20, and clause (3) of
Section 6.01 with respect to clause (3) of Section 5.01, clause (4) of Section 6.01 with respect to Sections 4.03 through 4.11, Sections 4.14 through
4.17, and Sections 4.19 and 4.20, and clauses (5), (6), (9) and (10) of Section 6.01 shall be deemed not to be Events of Default, in each case, with respect to the
outstanding Notes if: 
 (1)  with reference to this Section 8.03, the Company has
irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 7.10) and conveyed all right, title and interest to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, under
the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders as security for payment of the principal of, premium, if any,
and interest, if any, on the Notes, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders, in and to (A) money in an amount, (B) U.S. Government Obligations that, through the payment of interest, premium, if any, and principal in
respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment referred to in this clause (1), money in an amount or (C) a combination thereof in an amount, in each case,
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, without consideration of the reinvestment of such interest and
after payment of all Federal, state and local taxes or other charges and assessments in respect thereof payable by the Trustee, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity of such principal or
interest; provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to the payment of such principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes;

  

 73 

 (2)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that (A) the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940, (B) after the passage of 123 days following the deposit (except, with respect to any trust funds for the account of
any Holder who may be deemed to be an “insider” for purposes of the United States Bankruptcy Code, after one year following the deposit), the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy
Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law, (C) the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance of certain covenants and Events of Default and
will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred and (D) the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders, has a valid
first-priority security interest in the trust funds; 
 (3)  immediately after giving effect to such
deposit, on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than any Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit
referred to in clause (1) above and the granting of Liens in connection therewith), and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture (other than any Default or Event of Default
resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit referred to in clause (1) above and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (4)  the Notes
are then listed on a national securities exchange, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Notes will not be delisted as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge; and 

(5)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each
case stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section 8.03 have been complied with. 

Section 8.04.  Application of Trust Money.  Subject to Sections 8.05 and 8.06, the Trustee
or Paying Agent shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, and shall apply the deposited money and the money from
U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with the Notes and this Indenture to the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 Section 8.05.  Repayment to Company.  Subject to Sections 7.07, 8.01,
8.02 and 8.03, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company upon request set forth in an Officers’ Certificate any excess money held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved from all liability with
respect to such money. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided that the Trustee or
Paying Agent before being required to make any payment may transmit to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein (which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such
transmission) any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law
designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease. 
  

 74 

 The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed
on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Sections 8.01, 8.02 and 8.03 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law
is for the account of the Holders of outstanding Notes. 
 Section 8.06.  Reinstatement.  If the
Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or
judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred
pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with
Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided that, if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE NINE 

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 

Section 9.01.  Without Consent of Holders.  The Company, when authorized by a resolution of its Boards of
Directors (as evidenced by a Board Resolution), and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes without notice to or the consent of any Holder: 

(1)  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements, the First Lien
Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes; 
 (2)  to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a
Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes and Guarantees if and to the extent required in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale or all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s assets,
as applicable; 
 (3)  to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with the qualification
of this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (4)  to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment
hereunder by a successor Trustee; 
 (5)  to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in
place of certificated Notes; 
 (6)  to add one or more additional Guarantees or grantors under the
Collateral Agreements on the terms required by this Indenture; 
 (7)  to grant Liens securing the
Notes; 
 (8)  to conform the terms of this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements or the First Lien
Intercreditor Agreement to the terms set forth under “Description of the Notes” in the Final Offering Circular; 
  

 75 

 (9)  to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes; 

(10)  to add Additional First Lien Secured Parties to any Collateral Agreement or the First Lien Intercreditor
Agreement; 
 (11)  to release Collateral as permitted by this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements or
the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement; or 
 (12)  to make any change that does not materially and
adversely affect the rights of any Holder. 
 Section 9.02.  With Consent of Holders.  Subject to
Sections 6.04 and 6.07, the Company and the Guarantors, when authorized by their respective Boards of Directors (as evidenced in each case by a Board Resolution), and the Trustee may amend this Indenture, the Collateral
Agreements, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Trustee, may waive future compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with any provision of this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes;
provided, however, that no such amendment or waiver may, without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 

(1)  change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note or alter the
provisions of Article Three or Section 5 of the Notes with respect to the redemption of the Notes; provided that any amendment of or waiver of compliance with Section 4.10 or Section 4.11 shall not be deemed to
change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note; 

(2)  reduce the principal amount of, or interest or premium, if any, on any Note; 

(3)  change the place or currency of payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on any Note;

 (4)  impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the Stated
Maturity (or, in the case of a redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) on any Note, any Subsidiary Guarantee or any Parent Guarantee; 

(5)  reduce the percentage of outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is necessary to amend this
Indenture or the Notes, waive future compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or waive past Defaults; 

(6)  waive a default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes; or

 (7)  release any Subsidiary Guarantee or any Parent Guarantee other than pursuant to the terms of
this Indenture. 
 In addition, without the consent of Holders of at least
66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then
outstanding, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not: 
 (1)  release all or substantially all of
the Collateral; or 
  

 76 

 (2)  modify the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement in any manner
materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes; 
 in each case other than in accordance with this Indenture, the Collateral
Agreements and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement. 
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this
Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders
affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. The Company will mail supplemental indentures to Holders upon request. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in
any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver. 
 Section 9.03.  Revocation
and Effect of Consent.  Until an amendment or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the
Note of the consenting Holder, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion of its Note. Such revocation shall be effective only if the
Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of written consents from the Holders of the
requisite percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. 
 The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a
record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the last two sentences of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were
Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies) and only those Persons shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders
after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. 
 After an
amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder unless it is of the type described in Section 9.02. In case of an amendment or waiver of the type described in Section 9.02, the amendment or
waiver shall bind each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note that evidences the same indebtedness as the Note of the consenting Holder. 

Section 9.04.  Notation on or Exchange of Notes.  If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a
Note, the Trustee may require the Holder to deliver such Note to the Trustee. At the Company’s expense, the Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder and the Trustee may place an
appropriate notation on any Note thereafter authenticated. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue, and the Trustee shall authenticate, a new Note that reflects the changed terms.
Failure to make the appropriate notation, or issue a new Note, shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Section 9.05.  Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.  The Trustee shall be provided with, and shall be fully
protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel complying with Section 13.03 and stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this
Indenture and that it will be valid and binding upon the Company. Subject 
  

 77 

 
to the preceding sentence, the Trustee shall sign such amendment, supplement or waiver if the same does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The
Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

Section 9.06.  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.  Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this
Article Nine shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect. 
 ARTICLE TEN 

GUARANTEES 

Section 10.01.  Guarantees.  Subject to this Article Ten, each Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally,
fully and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder,
that: (a) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue premium, if any, and interest on the
Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in the case of any
extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, by acceleration
or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, such Guarantor shall be obligated to pay such amount immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and
not a guarantee of collection. 
 Subject to Section 10.02, each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations
hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the Notes or this Indenture, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with
respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the Notes or this Indenture or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a
Guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice
and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, any Guarantor or any custodian, trustee,
liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or any Guarantor, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any
obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Holders and the Trustee, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as
provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration
of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee. 

 

 78 

 Section 10.02.  Limitation on Guarantor Liability.  Each
Guarantor and, by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that this Guarantee does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of United States Bankruptcy Code, the
Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar Federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee under this Indenture. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and each
Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor under this Guarantee and this Article Ten shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and
fixed liabilities of each Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under this Guarantee to not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

Section 10.03.  Execution and Delivery of Guarantees.  Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its execution and
delivery of this Indenture or any supplemental indentures pursuant to Section 4.19 and this Section 10.03 shall evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 without the need for any further notation on the
Notes. 
 Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full
force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation relating to such Guarantee. 
 If an officer of
a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or any supplemental indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Notes or at any time thereafter, such Guarantor’s Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the
Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor. 
 In the event that the Company creates or acquires any new
Subsidiaries or other guarantors subsequent to the date of this Indenture, or following the consummation of a Parent Transaction, if required by Section 4.19(b), the Company agrees to cause such Subsidiaries or other guarantors to, and
any Parent will, as the case may be, execute supplemental indentures to this Indenture and Guarantees in accordance with Section 4.19 and this Article Ten, to the extent applicable. In addition, the Company agrees to use
commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether existing on the date of this Indenture or created or acquired subsequent to the date of this Indenture, that is otherwise eligible to be a Guarantor under the
definition of “Subsidiary Guarantor” to obtain all material authorizations and consents of governmental authorities required in order for such Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee the Notes at the earliest practicable date and to enter into
a Guarantee promptly thereafter. For purposes of this Section 10.03, the requirement to use “commercially reasonable efforts” shall not be deemed to require the Company to make material payments in excess of normal fees and
costs to or at the direction of governmental authorities or to change the manner in which it conducts its business in any respect that the management of the Company shall determine in good faith to be adverse or materially burdensome. The Company
further agrees that, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in this Indenture, each such Subsidiary or Parent that does not execute and deliver this Indenture on the Closing Date shall, upon execution and delivery of a supplemental
indenture pursuant to Section 4.19, be deemed to be a Guarantor for all purposes hereunder (including for purposes of this Article Ten). 

Section 10.04.  Release of Guarantor.  (a)  Any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Parent entering into a
Parent Guarantee, as the case may be, shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Guarantee and the Collateral Agreements (in respect of the Notes Obligations), (i) upon any sale or other disposition (in a transaction that
complies with this Indenture) by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of their Capital Stock or other ownership interests in such Subsidiary Guarantor such that 

 

 79 

 
such Subsidiary Guarantor immediately following such sale or disposition ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) upon the sale of all or substantially all
of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor; (iii) if the Company properly designates that Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; (iv) if the Company exercises its legal defeasance option pursuant to Section 8.02 or
its covenant defeasance option pursuant to Section 8.03; or (v) upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or payment in full of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations of the
Company and any Guarantor that are then due and payable, in each case, in compliance with the terms of this Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that one of
the foregoing requirements has been satisfied and the conditions to the release of a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Parent under this Section 10.04 have been met, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to
evidence the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor or Parent from its obligations under its Guarantee. 
 (b)  Any
Guarantor not released, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, from its obligations under its Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any
Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in and subject to this Article Ten. 
 ARTICLE ELEVEN 

RANKING OF NOTE LIENS 

Section 11.01.  Relative Rights.  The First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agreements define
the relative rights, as lienholders, of holders of First Lien Obligations. Nothing in this Indenture, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Agreements shall: 

(a)  impair, as between the Company or any Guarantor and Holders of Notes, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and
unconditional, to pay principal of, premium and interest on such Notes in accordance with their terms or the obligation of the Company or any Guarantor to perform any other obligation of the Company or any Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes,
the Guarantees and the Collateral Agreements (other than the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor as a grantor, which are subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement); 

(b)  restrict the right of any Holder to sue for payments that are then due and owing, in a manner not inconsistent with the
provisions of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement; 
 (c)  prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising
against the Company or any Guarantor any of its other available remedies upon a Default or an Event of Default (other than its remedies as a secured party, which are subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement); or 

(d)  restrict the right of the Trustee or any Holder (in each case, except as set forth in the First Lien Intercreditor
Agreement): 
 (1)  to file and prosecute a petition seeking an order for relief in an involuntary
bankruptcy case as to the Company or any Guarantor or otherwise to commence, or seek relief commencing, any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding involuntarily against the Company or any Guarantor; 

(2)  to make, support or oppose any request for an order for dismissal, abstention or conversion in any
Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding; 
  

 80 

 (3)  to make, support or oppose, in any Insolvency or Liquidation
Proceeding, any request for an order extending or terminating any period during which the debtor (or any other Person) has the exclusive right to propose a plan of reorganization or other dispositive restructuring or liquidation plan therein;

 (4)  to seek the creation of, or appointment to, any official committee representing creditors (or
certain of the creditors) in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding and, if appointed, to serve and act as a member of such committee without being in any respect restricted or bound by, or liable for, any of the obligations under this Article
Eleven; 
 (5)  to seek or object to the appointment of any professional person to serve in any
capacity in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or to support or object to any request for compensation made by any professional person or others therein; 

(6)  to make, support or oppose any request for an order appointing a trustee or examiner in any Insolvency or
Liquidation Proceeding; or 
 (7)  otherwise to make, support or oppose any request for relief in any
Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding that it is permitted by law to make, support or oppose: 
 (x)  as
if it were a holder of unsecured claims; or 
 (y)  as to any matter relating to any plan of
reorganization or other restructuring or liquidation plan or as to any matter relating to the administration of the estate or the disposition of the case or proceeding. 

ARTICLE TWELVE 

COLLATERAL 

Section 12.01.  Collateral Agreements.  The payment of the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on
the Notes when due, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise and whether by the Company pursuant to the Notes, by any Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee, the payment of all other
Obligations and the performance of all other obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Indenture, the Notes and the Collateral Agreements are secured as provided in the Collateral Agreements and will be secured by Collateral
Agreements hereafter delivered as required or permitted by this Indenture. The Company shall, and shall cause each Guarantor, and each such Guarantor shall, do all filings (including filings of continuation statements and amendments to Uniform
Commercial Code financing statements that may be necessary to continue the effectiveness of such Uniform Commercial Code financing statements) and all other actions as are necessary or required by the Collateral Agreements to maintain (at the sole
cost and expense of the Company and the Guarantors) the security interest created by the Collateral Agreements in the Collateral as a perfected security interest, subject only to Liens permitted by this Indenture. 

Section 12.02.  Collateral Agent.  (a)  The Collateral Agent shall have all the rights and
protections provided in the Collateral Agreements and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement. 
 (b)  Neither the
Trustee, in its capacity as trustee, nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents in such capacity shall be responsible or liable for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral, for the
legality, enforceability, effectiveness or sufficiency of the Collateral Agreements, for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any First Priority Lien, or any defect or deficiency as to any such matters. 

 

 81 

 (c)  Subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral
Agreements, the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee, shall direct the Collateral Agent from time to time. Subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agreements, except as directed by the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee,
as required or permitted by this Indenture, the Holders acknowledge that the Collateral Agent shall not be obligated: 

(1)  to act upon directions purported to be delivered to it by any other Person; 

(2)  to foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any First Priority Lien; or 

(3)  to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the First Priority Liens, the Collateral
Agreements or the Collateral. 
 Section 12.03.  Authorization of Actions to Be
Taken.  (a)  Each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of each Collateral Agreement and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as originally in effect and as amended, supplemented or
replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms or the terms of this Indenture, authorizes and empowers the Collateral Agent to act as the collateral agent under the Collateral Agreements, authorizes and directs the Trustee and the
Collateral Agent to enter into and perform the Collateral Agreements and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement to which each is a party, authorizes and empowers the Trustee to direct the Collateral Agent to enter into, and the Collateral Agent to
execute, deliver and perform, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and authorizes and empowers the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to bind the Holders of Notes and other holders of First Lien Obligations as set forth in the Collateral Agreements
to which each is a party and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and to perform their respective obligations and exercise their respective rights and powers thereunder. 

(b)  Subject to the terms of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee is authorized and empowered to receive for the
benefit of the Holders of Notes any funds collected or distributed to the Trustee under the Collateral Agreements to which the Trustee is a party and, subject to the terms of the Collateral Agreements, to make further distributions of such funds to
the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture. 
 (c)  Subject to the First Lien Intercreditor
Agreement, the Collateral Agreements and Sections 7.01 and 7.02, the Trustee, at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, shall direct, on behalf of the Holders,
the Collateral Agent to take all actions necessary or appropriate in order to: 
 (1)  foreclose upon
or otherwise enforce any or all of the First Priority Liens; 
 (2)  enforce any of the terms of the
Collateral Agreements to which the Collateral Agent or the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee, is a party; or 

(3)  collect and receive payment of any and all Notes Obligations. 

Subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and Sections 7.01 and 7.02 and at the Company’s sole
cost and expense, the Trustee is authorized and empowered to institute and maintain, or direct the Collateral Agent to institute and maintain, such suits and proceedings as may be reasonably expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the
interests of the Holders of Notes in the Collateral, including the power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or 

 

 82 

 
compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or
order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of Holders or the Trustee. 
 Section
12.04.  Release of Collateral.  (a)  Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Collateral Agreements at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the
Collateral Agreements or the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement. In addition, assets included in the Collateral will be released from the Liens securing the Notes, and the Collateral Agent and the Trustee (if the Trustee is not then the Collateral
Agent) shall, upon the request of the Company pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying that all conditions precedent hereunder have been met, take such actions requested by the Company to evidence such release from
such Liens at the Company’s sole cost and expense, under any one or more of the following circumstances: 

(1)  to enable the Company or a Guarantor to consummate the sale, transfer or other disposition of such property
or assets to the extent not prohibited under Section 4.10; 
 (2)  in the case of a
Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee with respect to the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, to release the property and assets of such Guarantor; 

(3)  in the case of all or substantially all of the Collateral, with the consent of the
Holders of at least 66 2/3% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and affected thereby; 
 (4)  in the case of any
Collateral that does not constitute all or substantially all of the Collateral, pursuant to the requirements set forth in Article Nine; or 

(5)  upon the election of the Company following the Suspension Date in accordance with Section 4.22.

 (b)  For the avoidance of doubt, the Liens on the Collateral created by the Collateral Agreements securing the
Notes Obligations shall automatically be released and discharged under the circumstances set forth in, and subject to, Section 2.04 of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement. 

(c)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, to the extent necessary and for so long as required for a
Subsidiary of the Company or the Company not to be subject to any requirement pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (or any other law, rule or regulation) to file separate financial statements of such Subsidiary with the
SEC (or any other governmental agency), the Capital Stock and other securities of such Subsidiary shall not be included in the Collateral with respect to the Notes and shall not be subject to the Liens securing such Notes and the Note Obligations in
accordance with, and only to the extent provided in the Security Agreement. For purposes of this Section 12.04(c), “securities” has the meaning ascribed to such term for purposes of Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the
Securities Act. 
 (d)  The Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes and the Guarantees shall be released
automatically upon (i) payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on, and premium, if any, on, the Notes and all other Notes Obligations under this Indenture, the
Guarantees and the Collateral Agreements that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any), are paid or (ii) a legal defeasance, covenant
defeasance or a discharge under Article Eight. 
  

 83 

 (e)  The Company shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Collateral
Agent and the Trustee within 30 calendar days following the end of each six-month period beginning on May 15 and November 15 of each year, to the effect that all releases of Collateral during the preceding six-month period ended on
May 1 and November 1, respectively, of such year in the ordinary course of the business of the Company or any Guarantor were not prohibited by this Indenture. 

Section 12.05.  Filing, Recording and Opinions.  (a)  The Company shall comply with the provisions
of Trust Indenture Act Sections 314(b) and 314(d), in each case following qualification of this Indenture pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act, except to the extent such compliance is not required as set forth in any SEC regulation or rule or in any
interpretation by the SEC or by the Staff of the SEC of such provisions, regulation or rule (including in any no-action or interpretive letter or exemptive order issued by the SEC or by the Staff of the SEC, whether issued to the Company or any
other Person). Following such qualification, to the extent the Company is required to furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 314(b)(2), the Company shall furnish such opinion not more than 60, but
not less than 30, days prior to each September 30. 
 (b)  Any release of Collateral permitted by
Section 12.04 shall be deemed not to impair the Liens under this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements in contravention thereof and any Person that is required to deliver an Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel pursuant to
Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act shall be entitled to rely upon the foregoing as a basis for delivery of such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall, to the extent permitted by Section 7.02,
accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 

(c)  If any Collateral is released in accordance with this Indenture or any Collateral Agreement, the Trustee, upon receipt of
all documentation required by Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) in connection with such release as set forth in the Opinion of Counsel delivered pursuant to Section 12.04(a), upon which the Trustee shall be permitted to
conclusively rely, will, upon request of the Collateral Agent or the Company, deliver a certificate to the Collateral Agent and the Company acknowledging such receipt. 

Section 12.06.  Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee.  In case the Collateral shall be in the possession
of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article Twelve upon the Company or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee,
and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Company or a Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article Eleven; and if the Trustee
or the Collateral Agent shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be. 

Section 12.07.  Release upon Termination of the Company’s Obligations.  In the event (i) that the
Company delivers to the Trustee, in form and substance acceptable to it, an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying that all the Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Collateral Agreements (in respect of the Notes
Obligations) have been satisfied and discharged by the payment in full of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes, this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements (in respect of the Notes Obligations), and all such Obligations have been so
satisfied, or (ii) a discharge, legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of this Indenture occurs under Article Eight, all rights the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, has in or to the Collateral, and any rights the Trustee, on behalf of the
Holders, has under the Collateral Agreements shall terminate, the Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to hold a Lien in the Collateral on behalf of the Trustee, and the Trustee, at the Company’s request, shall (and shall direct the Collateral
Agent to) do or cause to be done, at the Company’s sole cost and expense, all acts as the Company shall have determined to be reasonably necessary to release such Lien as soon as is reasonably practicable and as shall have been set forth in
such request. 
  

 84 

 Section 12.08.  First Lien Intercreditor Agreement Controls.  In
the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Indenture and the provisions of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the provisions of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall control. 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 13.01.  Trust Indenture Act of 1939.  Prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, if and
to the extent required by the TIA, this Indenture shall incorporate and be governed by the provisions of the TIA that are required to be part of and to govern indentures qualified under the TIA. After the effectiveness of the Registration Statement,
this Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA that are required to be a part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions. 

Section 13.02.  Notices.  Any notice or communication shall be sufficiently given if in writing and delivered
in person, mailed by first-class mail or sent by telecopier transmission (including via e-mail or other electronic means) addressed as follows: 

if to the Company: 

ITC^DeltaCom, Inc. 

7037 Old Madison Pike 

Huntsville, AL 35806 

Telecopier No.: 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

if to the Trustee: 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 

900 Ashwood Parkway, Suite 425 

Atlanta, GA 30338 

Telecopier No: 770-698-5196 

Attention: Global Corporate Trust 

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. 
 Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to it at its address as it appears on the
Security Register by first-class mail and shall be sufficiently given to it if so mailed within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by
the TIA. Copies of any such communication or notice to a Holder shall also be mailed to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 

Failure to mail notice or communication to a Holder as provided herein or any defect in any such notice or communication shall not affect
its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. Except for a notice to the Trustee, which is deemed given only when received, and except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, if a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided in this
Section 13.02, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
  

 85 

 Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing
by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent
to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. 
 In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service
or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the
Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). 
 Section
13.03.  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.  Upon any request or application by the Company, or, pursuant to Section 5.01(b), any Subsidiary Guarantor, to the Trustee to take any action under
this Indenture, the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(1)  an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if
any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(2)  an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such Counsel, all such conditions precedent have been
complied with. 
 Section 13.04.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.  Each certificate or
opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 

(1)  a statement that each person signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and
the definitions herein relating thereto; 
 (2)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statement or opinion contained in such certificate or opinion is based; 

(3)  a statement that, in the opinion of each such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is
necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4)  a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such person, such condition or covenant has been
complied with; provided, however, that, with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials. 

Section 13.05.  Acts of Holders.  (a)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in
writing or may be embodied in or evidenced by an electronic transmission which identifies the documents containing the proposal on which such consent is requested and certifies such Holders’ consent thereto and agreement to be bound thereby;
and except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Proof of execution of any such
instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this
Section 13.05. 
  

 86 

 (b)  The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or
writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness to such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing
acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership or limited liability company, on behalf of such corporation, partnership or limited liability company, such certificate or
affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee
deems sufficient. 
 (c)  The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Security Register. 

Section 13.06.  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar.  The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action
by or at a meeting of Holders. The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions. 
 Section
13.07.  Payment Date Other Than a Business Day.  If an Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Payment Date, Stated Maturity or date of maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then payment of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on such Note, as the case may be, need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Payment Date or Redemption
Date, or at the Stated Maturity or date of maturity of such Note; provided that no interest shall accrue with respect to such payment for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or
date of maturity, as the case may be. 
 Section 13.08.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES
SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO
THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES. 
 Section 13.09.  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.  This
Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 

Section 13.10.  No Recourse Against Others.  No recourse for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any,
or interest on any of the Notes, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company or any Guarantor contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes,
or because of the creation of any Indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator or against any past, present or future partner, stockholder, other equityholder, officer, director, employee or controlling Person, as such, of
either the Company or any Guarantor, or of any successor Persons, either directly or through the Company or any Guarantor, or any successor Persons, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any
assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Notes. 

Section 13.11.  Successors.  All agreements of the Company or the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes
shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor. The provisions of Article Twelve hereof referring to the Collateral Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Collateral Agent.

  

 87 

 Section 13.12.  Duplicate Originals.  The parties may sign any
number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 

Section 13.13.  Separability.  In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

Section 13.14.  Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.  The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings
of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms and provisions hereof. 

Section 13.15.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

Section 13.16.  Force Majeure.  In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or
delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or
natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with
accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
  

 88 

 SIGNATURES 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

			
	
	ITC^DeltaCom, Inc.
		
	By:	 	/s/ J. Thomas Mullis
		 	Name: J. Thomas Mullis
		 	 Title:   Senior Vice President-Legal and

            Regulatory, General Counsel and

            Secretary

	
	Interstate FiberNet, Inc.
		
	By:	 	/s/ J. Thomas Mullis
		 	Name: J. Thomas Mullis
		 	 Title:   Senior Vice President, General

            Counsel and Secretary

	
	DeltaCom, Inc.
		
	By:	 	/s/ J. Thomas Mullis
		 	Name: J. Thomas Mullis
		 	 Title:   Senior Vice President, General

            Counsel and Secretary

	
	DeltaCom Information Systems, Inc.
		
	By:	 	/s/ J. Thomas Mullis
		 	Name: J. Thomas Mullis
		 	 Title:   Senior Vice President, General

            Counsel and Secretary

	
	BTI Telecom Corp.
		
	By:	 	/s/ J. Thomas Mullis
		 	Name: J. Thomas Mullis
		 	 Title:   Senior Vice President, General

            Counsel and Secretary

	
	Business Telecom, Inc.
		
	By:	 	/s/ J. Thomas Mullis
		 	Name: J. Thomas Mullis
		 	 Title:   Senior Vice President, General

            Counsel and
Secretary

  

 S-1 

			
	
	Business Telecom of Virginia, Inc.
		
	By:	 	/s/ J. Thomas Mullis
		 	Name: J. Thomas Mullis
		 	 Title:   Senior Vice President, General

            Counsel and Secretary

 

 S-2 

			
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee

		
	By:	 	/s/ Stefan Victory
		 	Name: Stefan Victory
		 	Title:   Vice President

  

 S-3 

 EXHIBIT A 

[FACE OF NOTE] 

[INSERT APPLICABLE LEGENDS] 

ITC^DELTACOM, INC. 

10.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 

CUSIP No. [            ] 

 

					
	 No. [          ]
	  	$	[                  	] 

 ITC^DELTACOM, INC.,
a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promises to pay to [            ], or
its registered assigns, the principal sum of [            ] ($[            ]) on April 1, 2016. 

Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1, commencing on October 1, 2010. 

Regular Record Dates: March 15 and September 15. 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all
purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be
signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officer. 
  

									
	Date:
[                                    ]	 		 	ITC^DELTACOM, INC.
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	 
		 		 		 	 Name:
 Title:
	 	

 (Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication) 

This is one of the 10.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 described in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

  

 A-1 

 [REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

ITC^DELTACOM, INC. 

10.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 

1.  Principal and Interest. 

The Company will pay the principal of this Note on April 1, 2016. 

The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note on each Interest Payment Date, as set forth below, at the rate
per annum shown above. 
 Interest will be payable semi-annually (to the holders of record of the Notes at the close of business
on the March 15 or September 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date) on each Interest Payment Date, commencing on October 1, 2010. 

[Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement dated April 9, 2010, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors
party thereto and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Offer”). Upon such Exchange Offer, the
Holders of Notes shall have the right, subject to compliance with securities laws, to exchange such Notes for Exchange Notes, which have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material
respects to such Notes. The Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to receive certain Additional Interest payments in the event such Exchange Offer is not consummated and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the
terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of such Registration Rights
Agreement.]1 

Holders may be entitled to receive Additional Interest payments in the event the Company fails to file specified reports and other
information with the SEC or to provide such reports and other information to the Trustee. 
 Interest on the Notes will accrue
from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from April 9, 2010; provided that, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and this Note is authenticated between a Regular
Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent
lawful, at a rate per annum that is 1% in excess of the rate otherwise payable. 
 2.  Method of Payment. 

The Company will pay interest (except defaulted interest) on the principal amount of the Notes as provided above on each April 1 and
October 1 commencing on October 1, 2010 to the Persons who are Holders (as reflected in the Security Register at the close of business on the March 15 or September 15 

 

	1
	 Remove bracketed language for Exchange Notes. 

 

 A-2 

 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date), in each case, even if the Note is cancelled on
registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such record date; provided that, with respect to the payment of principal, the Company will make payment to the Holder that surrenders this Note to a Paying Agent on or after
April 1, 2016. 
 The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and, as provided above, interest in money of the United
States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may pay principal, premium, if any, and interest by check payable in such money. It may mail an interest check to a Holder’s
registered address (as reflected in the Security Register). If a payment date is a date other than a Business Day at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue
for the intervening period. 
 3.  Paying Agent and Registrar. 

Initially, the Trustee will act as authenticating agent, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any authenticating agent,
Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of them generally may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar. 

4.  Indenture: Limitations. 

The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 9, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the
Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. The terms of the Notes include those stated
in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of all such terms. To the
extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall control. 

The Notes are general obligations of the Company. 

5.  Optional Redemption. 

The Notes are redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, on or after April 1,
2013 and prior to maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s last address as it appears in the Security Register, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed in
percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date to receive
interest due on an Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on April 1 of the following years: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2013
	  	105.250	% 
	 2014
	  	102.625	% 
	 2015 and thereafter
	  	100.000	% 

 In addition,
during any 12-month period prior to April 1, 2013, the Company may, at its option, at any time and from time to time, redeem up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice
mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s last 
  

 A-3 

 
address as it appears in the Security Register, at a Redemption Price equal to 103% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable
Redemption Date. 
 Furthermore, prior to April 1, 2013, the Company may, at its option, at any time or from time to time,
redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes with the net proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings at a Redemption Price of 110.5% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the
Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that (i) at least
65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) originally issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after each such redemption and (ii) notice of such redemption is mailed within 90 days after
the closing of the related Equity Offering. 
 Prior to April 1, 2013, the Company may, at its option, in whole or in part,
at any time or from time to time, redeem any of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s last address as it appears in the Security Register, at a Redemption Price
equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Regular
Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 Notes in original denominations larger than $2,000
may be redeemed in part (in integral multiples of $1,000). On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Redemption Price.

 6.  Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

The Company shall commence, within 30 days after the occurrence of a Change of Control, and consummate an Offer to Purchase for all Notes
then outstanding, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the relevant Payment Date, plus accrued interest (if any) to, but excluding, the Payment Date. 

A notice of such Change of Control will be mailed within 30 days after any Change of Control occurs to each Holder at its last address as
it appears in the Security Register. Notes in original denominations larger than $2,000 may be sold to the Company in part (in integral multiples of $1,000). On and after the Payment Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes
surrendered for purchase by the Company, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price. 
 7.  Denominations;
Transfer; Exchange. 
 The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 of principal amount and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer
documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes selected for redemption. Also, it need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes
for a period of 15 days before the day of mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes selected for redemption. 
 8.  Persons Deemed
Owners. 
 A Holder shall be treated as the owner of a Note for all purposes. 

 

 A-4 

 9.  Unclaimed Money. 

If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent
will pay the money back to the Company at its request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment, unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent
with respect to such money shall cease. 
 10.  Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity. 

If the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay the then outstanding principal of,
premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes (i) to redemption or maturity, the Company will be discharged from the Indenture, the Collateral Agreements, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Notes, except in certain
circumstances for certain sections thereof, and (ii) to the Stated Maturity, the Company will be discharged from certain covenants set forth in the Indenture. 

11.  Amendment; Supplement; Waiver. 

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Collateral Agreements, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes may be
amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a
majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Collateral Agreements, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes to,
among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency and make any change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder. 

In addition, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (i) release all or substantially all of the Collateral,
or (ii) modify the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement in any manner materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes other than in accordance with the Indenture, the Collateral Agreements and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, without the
consent of Holders of at least 66 2/3% in aggregate
principal amount of Notes then outstanding. 
 12.  Restrictive Covenants. 

The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, among other things, to Incur
additional Indebtedness, make Restricted Payments, use the proceeds from Asset Sales or engage in transactions with Affiliates and on the ability of the Company to merge, consolidate or transfer substantially all of its assets. Within 90 days after
the end of each fiscal year of the Company, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010, the Company must report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations. 

13.  Successor Persons. 

When a successor Person assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, the predecessor Person will be
released from those obligations. 
  

 A-5 

 14.  Defaults and Remedies. 

The following events constitute “Events of Default” under the Indenture: (1) default in the payment of principal of (or
premium, if any, on) any Note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise; (2) default in the payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues
for a period of 30 days; (3) default in the performance or breach of the provisions of Article Five of the Indenture or the failure to make or consummate an Offer to Purchase in accordance with Section 4.10 or
Section 4.11 of the Indenture; (4) the Company defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or any Collateral Agreement or under the Notes (other than a default specified
in clause (1), (2) or (3) above), and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 consecutive days after written notice by the Trustee to the Company or by the Holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes to the Company and the Trustee; (5) there occurs with respect to (i) any issue or issues of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount of $20.0 million or more
in the aggregate for all such issues of all such Persons, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created or (ii) any Credit Agreement Obligation (for so long as such Credit Agreement Obligation is a First Lien Obligation),
(A) an event of default that has caused the holder thereof or any lender thereunder to declare such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its Stated Maturity and such Indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such acceleration has
not been rescinded or annulled within 30 days of such acceleration and/or (B) the failure to make a principal payment at the final (but not any interim) fixed maturity and such defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or extended
within 30 days of such payment default; (6) any final judgment or order (not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in excess of $20.0 million in the aggregate for all such final judgments or orders against all such Persons
(treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall be rendered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and shall not be paid or discharged, and there shall be any period of 60 consecutive days following entry of
the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed $20.0 million during which a stay of enforcement of such final
judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; (7) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for (A) relief in respect of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an
involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (B) appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or (C) the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary and, in each case,
such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; (8) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (A) commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now
or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (B) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or
similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or (C) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
(9) (A) Subsidiary Guarantees provided by Subsidiary Guarantors that individually or together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Subsidiary
Guarantees or the terms of the Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, (B) any failure by any Parent to enter into a Parent Guarantee in accordance with
Section 4.19(b) of the Indenture or (C) any Parent Guarantee entered into by any Parent in accordance with Section 4.19(b) of the Indenture ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms
of such Parent Guarantee or the terms of the Indenture) or any Parent denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Parent Guarantee; or (10) any Collateral Agreement with respect to a material portion of the Collateral shall cease to be in
full force and effect other than in 
  

 A-6 

 
accordance with the terms of such Collateral Agreement or the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, or shall cease to give the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of Notes the Liens,
rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby in any material portion of the Collateral. 
 If an Event of
Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, and at the direction of the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall, declare all the Notes to be due and payable. If a
bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require
indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any
trust or power. 
 15.  Trustee Dealings with Company. 

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services
for the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee. 

16.  No Recourse Against Others. 

No incorporator or any past, present or future partner, stockholder, other equityholder, officer, director, employee or controlling
Person, as such, of either the Company or any Guarantor, or of any successor Persons, either directly or through the Company or any Guarantor, or any successor Persons, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor
under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
 17.  Authentication. 

This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this
Note. 
 18.  Abbreviations. 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by
the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

The Company will furnish a copy of the Indenture to any Holder upon written request and without charge. Requests may be made to
ITC^DeltaCom, Inc., 7037 Old Madison Pike, Huntsville, AL 35806, Attention: Chief Financial Officer. 
  

 A-7 

 [FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE] 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto 

Insert Taxpayer Identification No. 

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 

Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee 

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing ____________________ attorney to transfer said Note on
the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. 
 [THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED 

ON ALL NOTES OTHER THAN EXCHANGE NOTES, 

PERMANENT OFFSHORE GLOBAL NOTES AND 

PERMANENT OFFSHORE PHYSICAL NOTES] 

In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date which is the earlier of (i) the date on which the Shelf
Registration Statement referred to in the Registration Rights Agreement covering the transfer of this Note is declared effective or (ii) the end of the period referred to in the second sentence of Rule 144(b)(1)(i) under the Securities Act, the
undersigned confirms that without utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising that: 
 [Check One]

  

			
	  ̈  (a)
	  	this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A thereunder.

or 
  

			
	  ̈  (b)
	  	this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note
and the Indenture.

 If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Registrar shall not be obligated to register
this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.08 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied. 

 

							
	 Date:
	 	 	 		  	 
		 		 		  	NOTICE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within-mentioned instrument in every particular, without
alteration or any change whatsoever.

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

 

 A-8 

 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account
or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and is aware that the sale to it is
being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the
transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

							
	 Date:
	 	 	 		  	 
		 		 		  	NOTICE:  To be executed by an executive officer

  

 A-9 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.11 of the Indenture,
check the Box:   ̈ 
 If you wish to have a portion of this Note
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount: $            . 

Date: 
  

			
	 Your Signature:
	 	 
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this 
Note)

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee:
	 	 
		 	

  

 A-10 

 EXHIBIT B 

Form of Certificate to Be 

Delivered in Connection with 

Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors 

                 ,
         
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 

900 Ashwood Parkway, Suite 425 
 Atlanta, GA
30338 
 Attention: Global Corporate Trust 

Re: ITC^DeltaCom, Inc. (the “Company”) 

10.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”) 

Dear Sirs: 
 In connection with
our proposed purchase of $                      aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that: 

1.  We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the
Indenture, dated as of April 9, 2010 (the “Indenture”), relating to the Notes, and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and
conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
 2.  We understand that the
offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are
acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell any Notes, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as
defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter
substantially in the form of this letter, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if
available), or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are
restricted as stated herein. 
 3.  We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we will be required to
furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes
purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4.  We are an institutional “accredited
investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(l), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our
investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 

5.  We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an
institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
  

 B-1 

 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to
produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 

 

			
	 Very truly yours,
  

[Name of Transferee]

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signature

  

 B-2 

 EXHIBIT C 

Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in 

Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S 

                ,
         
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 

900 Ashwood Parkway, Suite 425 
 Atlanta, GA
30338 
 Attention: Global Corporate Trust 

Re: ITC^DeltaCom, Inc. (the “Company”) 

10.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”) 

Dear Sirs: 
 In connection with
our proposed sale of U.S.$                aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with
Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that: 

(1)  the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States; 

(2)  at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our
behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States; 
 (3)  no directed selling efforts have
been made by us in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable; and 

(4)  the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 

 

			
	 Very truly yours,
  

[Name of Transferor]

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signature

  

 C-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00171-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00171-of-00352.parquet"}]]